Hydroblock 2017 en by Doppiospazio

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

for production engineering EDItion 12/2016

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS for production engineering

COMPANY PROFILE

HYDROBLOCK was founded in 2001 by a group of technicians and entrepreneurs with over 30 years of in-depth experience in the design and manufacture of production systems for machine tools and clamping elements designed for the automotive industry and industrial applications in general. Thanks to passion, intuition and absolute professionalism the company has become a benchmark player in its sector.

CORPORATE PHILOSOPHY

HYDROBLOCK stands for efficient implementation of innovation: continuous technological research, stateof-the-art project engineering and careful material selection. HYDROBLOCK’s corporate philosophy is focussed on customer orientation and partnership. HYDROBLOCK’s product range comprises hydraulic cylinders and components for the most varied applications: • Swing clamp cylinders • Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders (patented) • Link clamp cylinders • Push and pull-type cylinders • Block cylinders • Threaded clamping cylinders • Work supports • Hydraulic components and accessories (rotary joints, hydraulic intensifiers, pressure reducing valves, sequence valves, check valves, flow control valves, air-oil booster units, hydraulic powerunits, coupling units, diaphragm accumulators, filters, integrated quick-action couplings, pressure gauges, etc.)

MATERIALS

The cylinder bodies are made of heat-treated free machining steel to enhance wear resistance and ensure smooth running. The surface is subjected to an additional thermal treatment to obtain optimum corrosion protection. The inside components are made of high-quality special steel with hardened and ground surface. HYDROBLOCK uses exclusively high-quality seals that are perfectly adapted to the functional characteristics of the cylinders and the relevant type of application. Upon request, the cylinders can also be equipped with FKM seals for high operating temperatures.

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS for production engineering

Owing to fast and continuous evolution, HYDROBLOCK is in a position of offer extremely reliable premium-quality products with outstanding clamping characteristics for precise and efficient workpiece machining. Based on ongoing research and development activities, we are able to offer our customers comprehensive and highly competent technical support in order to design perfectly tailored solutions for any type of application. In addition, HYDROBLOCK develops special-purpose products within shortest time to fully meet the ever increasing demands in industrial production. These custom products offer the same unparalleled reliability as their series production equivalents. We continuously strive to always be one step ahead of the market â&#x20AC;&#x201C; with innovative and highly sophisticated technical products that ideally complement state-of-the-art automated production environments.

STUDYING THE INFLUENCE OF FATIGUE CYCLE ON THE DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

DUTY CYCLE From rest – to rest position Supply pressure Maximum flow rate Daily load N. of cycles

=8s = 150 bar = 3 l/1’ ≈ 9 hours / day ≈ 4050 c / day ≈ 20250 c / week

MARKERS POSITION & ALIGNMENT

EXPERIMENTAL SET-UP Mo-Cap System 5 VICON bonita 720c Cameras 1 VIDEO camera Fast-Ethernet Connection & VICON Nexus Markers type & dimension Accuracy

max 250 Hz, max 3 m distance max 100 Hz spherical, Ф ≈ 15 mm ≈ 0.5% on measured data

LIFT VARIATION WITH TIME

ROTATION VARIATION WITH TIME

PRODUCT LINES

SRA

COMPENSATION SYSTEM

SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

COMPATIBLE

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS

Double-acting swing clamp This swing clamp cylinder cylinder with integrated series is compatible with work support. competitor products and not equipped with the These cylinders stand unique compensation out for compact design, system (except for some unparalleled clamping models that are clearly stability, smooth running identified). These cylinders They can be equipped with and minor effects on the are characterized by clamp arm position control clamped workpiece. sturdy design, unparalleled valves to ensure precise reliability and maximized workpiece clamping. The space-saving bolt and ball diameters. Further accessories are They are made of alloyed combination of swing the VRF flow control valve clamp cylinder and work and heat-treated materials. that controls the swing support is ideally suited as speed and the metal wiper forth clamping point. This swing clamp cylinder designed to protect the type inevitably features main wiper slight angular clearance that increases over time. Larger clamping areas provide either reduced For applications requiring dimensions and lower high repeat accuracy in the costs or higher clamping positioning of the clamping forces. arm, we recommend using the SR Compensation Rated for operating System version. pressures of up to 500 bar.

Link clamp cylinders stand out for high clamping forces and minimum space requirements.

Page 12 - 108

Page 158 - 193

With the unique internal compensation system, these swing clamp cylinders maintain the clamping point with maximum precision over a long operating time.

Page 109 - 115

Page 118 - 157

Easy positioning and precise alignment during operation are ensured with threaded models. Link clamps are available as single or doubleacting version and can be equipped with a pneumatic clamp arm position control.

CT/BS

CF/CR

IRF

PULL AND PUSH-TYPE CYLINDERS

CYLINDERS WITH THREADED BODY

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES

Double-acting cylinders with high clamping capacity.

Small and compact single or double-acting cylinders, which are partly or completely built-in.

Hydraulic work supports offer efficient support during machining and compensate vibrations and workpiece deflection as well as rough surfaces.

Rotary joints, hydraulic intensifiers, pressure reducing valves, sequence valves, check valves, flow control valves, air-oil booster units, hydraulic power units, coupling units, diaphragm accumulators, filters, integrated quick-action couplings, pressure gauges, etc.

Available with guided or freely moving piston rod, partly or completely built-in body and in block version.

They stand out for high clamping forces, minimum space requirements, high cost-effectiveness and easy mounting.

Rated for operating pressures of up to 500 bar.

Page 195 - 214

Wide range of variants with uncompromising performance. Thanks to the low contact force, work supports can be used as supporting surface for the workpiece or for additional clamp arms and accessories. They are indispensable when it comes to machining complex profiled workpieces.

Page 215 - 232

Page 233 - 288

Page 289 - 321

TECHNICAL INFORMATION PRODUCT TESTS All HYDROBLOCK cylinders are rated for an operating pressure of up to 500 bar and tested on special computer-controlled test benches at the pressure specified by the customer or at the corresponding standard pressure. HYDROBLOCK subjects all cylinders and components to a 100% check. Upon request, the test report is placed at the customer’s disposal. HYDRAULIC OIL Only hydraulic fluids based on mineral oil must be used (DIN 51524). The use of other media can cause damage to the equipment and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components. VISCOSITY The oil viscosity should comply with the parameters specified in ISO 3448. For oil temperatures ranging between +10° and + 60° C, we recommend a viscosity as per ISO VG32. DEGREE OF OIL CONTAMINATION The degree of oil contamination should not exceed class 18/14 as per ISO 4406. The hydraulic oil purity is of fundamental importance for the operational reliability and proper functioning of the cylinders and all other components of a hydraulic system. For this reason, the use of filters with a filter mesh size of 25° micron or better is recommended. OPERATING TEMPERATURE • Ambient temperature: -10°C ÷ +60°C • Oil temperature: +10°C ÷ +60°C ADMISSIBLE SPEED RANGE •The minimum speed is 0.01 m/sec. • The maximum speed of 0.25 m/sec. must not be exceeded. OPERATING CONDITIONS HYDROBLOCK cylinders are rated and used for a maximum static clamping pressure of up to 500 bar. The indicated maximum speed must not be exceeded. The cylinders must not be exposed to chemically aggressive lubricants and coolants. LEAKAGE While the cylinders work without any oil leakage in static condition, minor oil leakage may occur during dynamic operation to ensure the durability of the seals. The maximum admissible oil leakage is <0.3 cm3 for 1000 complete cycles (extension and retraction) and at a reference stroke of 100 mm for pistons with a diameter of up to 35 mm. As of a piston diameter of 40 mm and a reference stroke of 100 mm, the maximum admissible oil leakage amounts to <0.6 cm3. WARRANTY HYDROBLOCK warrants that the products sold are free from defects in material and workmanship for a

period of 12 months from the date of delivery. This warranty does not cover any damage to the products due to improper or inadmissible use of the products or due to the use of inadmissible operating fluids. This warranty does not include defects from normal wear and tear. HYDROBLOCK strives for continuous improvement and reserves the right to change the specifications of its products without prior notice at any time. The technical data in the present catalogue are thus not binding. SHIPMENT Shipping is at the sole risk of the buyer even if delivery free destination was agreed. The forwarding agent specified by the buyer will be charged with transport. If no forwarding agent is named by the buyer, we will choose the most conveniently priced forwarding agent known to us, without assuming any responsibility whatsoever. Prior to accepting delivery, the customer must check the scope of delivery for completeness and integrity. In the event of delays, damage or losses caused during transport, any claims must be asserted by the customer against the forwarding agent. UPON RECEIPT OF DELIVERY Check the delivered items for transport damage. If any transport damage is discovered, the forwarding agent is to be notified immediately as such damage is not covered by our warranty. The forwarding agent is exclusively responsible for any repair and replacement costs caused by transport damage. NOTE: Even with free domicile delivery, the transport is exclusively at the buyer’s risk. DELIVERY The term of delivery is deemed to be indicative only. The seller will inform the buyer of any possible delays that may occur. These delays, however, do not entitle the buyer to cancel the order or to assert claims for damages or contract penalties, if not explicitly agreed in writing. STORAGE: All HYDROBLOCK products must be stored in the original packaging at an ambient temperature between 0 and +50°C. They must not be exposed to direct sunlight or be located in the vicinity of heat or ozone sources (electric motors in operation). The cylinders must not be stored in containers, under extreme climatic conditions or in saline atmosphere. If the cylinders are not used for a longer period of time, they must be closed with the piston rods being completely retracted to protect them against atmospheric influences. Storage periods of over 6 months after the manufacturing date must be avoided as the quality of the seals may deteriorate and be affected by the storage environment.

12/2016

Preliminary Information

WARNING: Failure to comply with the following instructions may lead to malfunctions or permanent damage to the product, thus voiding the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s warranty! 1) Only hydraulic fluids based on mineral oil must be used (DIN 51524). The use of other media can cause damage and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components. Consult HYDROBLOCK prior to using different hydraulic fluids. High flow rates may cause excessive cylinder speed and damage to the equipment. The hydraulic pressure in the circuit and the cylinder speed must be adapted to the length of the clamp arm, which varies depending on the type of cylinder used. The maximum speeds indicated in the catalogue MUST NOT be exceeded.

2) Use unidirectional flow control valves with free return bypass for swing clamp cylinders. Bidirectional flow control valves that restrict the return flow from the cylinder chambers must not be used. The resulting internal overpressure would affect the swinging mechanism of the cylinder in the long run, despite the sturdy design.

3) When using double-acting swing clamp cylinders, the backpressure in the return line must be limited to a maximum of 5 bar. If needed, install backpressure controllers in the clamping connection. Please consult HYDROBLOCK for instructions on rating and installation.

4) With single-acting swing clamp cylinders, the backpressure in the return line must be limited to a maximum of 3 bar. For this purpose, it is recommended installing pipes with a large cross section and flow controllers with backpressure control valves. Please consult HYDROBLOCK for instructions on rating and installation.

5) The work-piece must be clamped during the vertical clamping stroke of the clamp arm. It is essential to avoid clamping or contact with any part of the clamping arm during the swinging motion as this could damage the cylinder.

6) The clamping arm must be mounted to the conical piston rod as specified in the following text.

ATTENTION: All single-acting cylinders are supplied with sintered and/or metallic filters installed on the venting ports. These filters are exclusively designed to protect the inner venting chamber of the cylinder against the penetration of dust or chips. This is why single-acting cylinders MUST BE PROTECTED against fluid penetration (water-oil emulsions, cooling lubricants, aggressive liquids, possible condensation) by means of appropriate tubes/vent pipes. If the cylinders are not protected accordingly, their service life may be substantially reduced and premature wear can be caused.

12/2016

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS compensation system

CYLINDER TYPE SR16

SR18

SR22

SR25

SR28

SR35

SR45

Upper flange

Yes

Flange with HPC prismatic antideflection block

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Cartridge

Yes

Cartridge with HPC prismatic antideflection block

Yes

Metal wiper

Yes

VRF flow control valve (option)

Yes

Single-acting version

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (bar)

500

Clamping force at 100 bar using the standard “Type 01” clamping arm with “L” length (kN)

1.9

1.5

3.1

7.3

10.5

“L” clamping arm length (mm)

100

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

Swinging stroke (mm)

Clamping stroke (mm)

Piston clamping area (cm2)

2.51

1.98

5.27

4.17

9.75

14.1

17.3

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

4.52

9.07

15.9

23.8

33.2

Clamping oil volume (cm3)

5.5

4.4

13.2

10.4

27.3

50.8

88.2

Unclamping oil volume (cm3)

9.9

22.6

44.5

85.7

169.3

Cylinder body type

12/2016

SELF-ADJUSTING

CYLINDER TYPE

COMPATIBLE

SRA16

SRA20

SR10

SR20

SR20CD

SR32

SR40

SR50

Upper flange

Yes

Upper flange with integrated pneumatic valve

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Lower flange with integrated pneumatic valve

Cartridge

Yes

Metal wiper

Yes

VRF flow control valve (option)

Yes

Single-acting version

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (bar)

250

350

500

Clamping force at 100 bar using the standard “Type 01” clamping arm with “L” length (kN)

0.85

1.4

0.5

1.3

0.9

3.4

8.7

“L” clamping arm length (mm)

100

125

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

16 / 26

22 / 35

36 / 61

37 / 62

Swinging stroke (mm)

8/8

Clamping stroke (mm)

8 / 18

14 / 27

25 / 50

26 / 51

Piston clamping area (cm2)

1.13

1.38

0.75

1.76

1.01

4.52

7.06

11.54

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

3.14

4.52

1.54

4.9

4.15

12.56

19.63

31.17

Clamping oil volume (cm3)

2.3

1.2 / 2

3.2

1.4

10 / 15.8

25.4 / 43.1 42.7 / 71.6

Unclamping oil volume (cm3)

6.3

9.9

2.5 / 4

8.8

5.8

27.6 / 44

70.7 / 119.7 115.3 / 193.2

Cylinder body type

12/2016

INSTALLATION OF SERIES FD CYLINDERS WITH UPPER FLANGE AND SERIES PD CYLINDERS WITH LOWER FLANGE WITH O-RING CONNECTION ATTENTION: HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders are rated for operating pressures ranging between 30 and 500 bar. This pressure range must be taken into account in the cylinder planning phase, i.e. the entire system must be adequately rated. To mount HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders, please proceed as follows: 1) Make sure that all preparations for installation specified in the technical catalogue for the selected cylinder have been made 2) Remove the threaded plugs and the corresponding sealing washers or balls as shown in the figure below.

INSTALLATION WITH FLANGE CONNECTION

Version with pin and sealing ball

Version with screw and sealing washer

3) Grease the delivered O-rings and fit them in the appropriate seat. Make sure not to damage the sealing ring as this could cause leakage. To ensure perfect sealing, the surface in the O-ring contact area should exhibit a roughness of Ra <1.6. 4) Apply grease to the mounting screws and use a torque wrench to tighten them with the tightening torque indicated in the table on page 16. The clamp arm locking device allows the angular position of the clamp arm to be adjusted after having mounted the cylinder.

IMPORTANT: The lubrication operations mentioned in steps 3 and 4 must be performed during the initial assembly and in the case of subsequent maintenance operations to ensure proper functioning of the cylinder.

12/2016

IN-LINE INSTALLATION OF SERIES FD CYLINDERS WITH UPPER FLANGE AND SERIES PD CYLINDERS WITH LOWER FLANGE Hydraulic fittings: If the lateral threaded ports are used instead of the flange connections, pressure fittings with a nominal pressure of 500 bar must be used. DO NOT use thread sealants! Tightness is ensured by an O-ring seal in the fitting. To mount the threaded fittings, proceed as follows: 1) Remove the threaded plugs. 2) Tighten the fittings with the tightening torque specified in the technical catalogue.

IN-LINE INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION OF CD SERIES CYLINDERS WITH CARTRIDGE BODY To mount HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders with cartridge body, please proceed as follows: 1) Make sure that there are no burrs or sharp edges in the cylinder seat to exclude any damage to the seals at the cylinder body. 2) Properly grease the seals on the outside of the cylinder body and place the cylinder into the prepared seat. 3) Apply grease to the mounting screws and use a torque wrench to tighten them with the tightening torque indicated in the table on page 16.

12/2016

SEAT, TYPE OF INSTALLATION AND ORDER NUMBERS OF SPARE SEALS FOR CYLINDERS WITH FLANGE CONNECTION Cylinder with upper flange -FD-

Cylinder with lower flange -PD-

O-Ring X

1.6

O-Ring X

W Z

(Mounting hole) W

Cylinder type

y (Min)

TIGHTENING TORQUE

W (Max)

Upper flange -FD-

Lower flange -PD-

SR10

8.5

M27x1.5 / Ø 27.5

Ø5

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR16/CT16

Ø 35.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR18/CT18

Ø 35.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR20

M45x1.5 / Ø 45.5

Ø4

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR22/CT22

Ø 49

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR25/CT25

Ø 49

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR28/CT28

Ø 63.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

M60x1.5 / Ø 60.5

Ø5

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.02x2.62

14.6

36.6

SR32

SR35/CT35

M10

70.5

Ø 75.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

SR40

M10

70.5

M80x2 / Ø 80.5

Ø5

Ø 9.12x3.53

SR45/CT45

M12

119

Ø 91

Ø6

Ø 9.12x3.53

SR50FD

M12

119

Ø 90

Ø8

Ø 10.78x3.53

SR50PD

M14

180

M90x2 / Ø 90.5

Ø6

Ø 10.78x2.62

12/2016

MOUNTING THE CLAMP ARM TO SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS NOTE: The FORCE/PRESSURE DIAGRAMS included in the technical catalogue must be strictly observed in the planning phase, as they show the relation between the maximum clamping arm length, the admissible operating pressure and the effective clamping force. The maximum operating pressure and thus the clamping force exerted on the workpiece are reduced with increasing clamp arm length (P). It is of fundamental importance for perfect cylinder operation that the specified pressure values are not exceeded. The catalogue includes the formulas used for calculation and the corresponding diagrams. ATTENTION: Failure to comply with the values specified in the FORCE/PRESSURE diagrams may cause the risk of accidents or damage to the cylinders that ARE NOT COVERED BY THE MANUFACTURERâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S WARRANTY! All SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM swing clamp cylinders of HYDROBLOCK are equipped with the unique compensation system designed to compensate the clamping arm clearance and angular deviations. They are particularly suited for long operating times and ensure high repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamping arm, which minimizes wear during operation. With this system, the piston rod or the clamp arm and not the cylinder body must be fixed when mounting the clamp arm (figure 6-2), in order not expose the swinging mechanism to unexpected forces, which would damage the cylinder and affect its function.

6-1

MOUNTING SEQUENCE: 1) Place the clamping arm on the cone and align it according to the workpiece position in the fixture (figure 6-1). 2) Fix the cylinder rod with a hexagon wrench using the hexagon socket provided at the top as shown in figure 6-2. (If there is no hexagon socket at the top of the rod, fix the arm with an open-end wrench, see figure 6-2a). 3) Hold the clamp arm with the hexagon wrench or the open-end wrench (figure 6-3 or 6-3a) and use a torque wrench to tighten the ring nut with the torque indicated below. 4) Check the tightening torque once again after having performed several clamping strokes to eliminate any clearance formed between the clamp arm and the cone under load.

6-2

6-2a ue q Tor wrench

6-3

NOTE: To ensure proper tightening, firmly fix the clamp arm while tightening the nut in order to avoid any damage to the swinging mechanism of the clamp caused by forces resulting from the torque.

ue q Tor wrench

6-3a

Thread

M14x1.5

M16x1.5

M18x1.5

M22x1.5

Tightening torque (Nm)

M28x1.5

M30x1.5

M40x1.5

110

120

190

M45x1.5 190

NOTE: Swing clamp cylinders may be damaged by excessively high torques acting on the piston. If the rod cannot be reliably fastened as shown in figures 6-2 and 6-2a, fix the rod in a vice before rotating the ring nut to mount or remove the clamping arm. If the clamping arm needs to be unlocked or repositioned, make sure to remove it exclusively by using an appropriate extracting tool. Hammers, wrenches or other tools that may damage the cylinder MUST NOT BE USED for this purpose.

12/2016

SENSE OF ROTATION OF THE CLAMP ARMS OF SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SR swing clamp cylinders of HYDROBLOCK turn in right-hand (R) or left-hand (L) direction. The sense of rotation determines the dimensions of the clamp arm on the fixture and is defined during the planning phase. However, it can be modified at a later date directly on the fixture if this turns out to be necessary for unexpected space problems or for new applications. To identify the sense of rotation of a HYDROBLOCK SR swing clamp cylinder, check the cylinder in top view (clamp arm side, figure 1). Determine in which direction the arm turns (swinging stroke, figure 2) in the initial lowering phase (figure 3): • If the arm turns clockwise when being closed, the cylinder is of right-hand type (R). • If the arm turns anticlockwise when being closed, the cylinder is of left-hand type (L).

Swinging stroke

fig. 1

fig. 2

Right-hand rotation (clockwise, R) when closing

Open clamp arm

Linear lowering (0°) when closing

fig. 3c

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

fig. 3b

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

fig. 3a

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

Clamping stroke (vertical)

Left-hand rotation (counter-clockwise, L) when closing

Open clamp arm

12/2016

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE HPC SYSTEM

MOUNTING OF THE HPC SYSTEM 1) Insert the rubber element “A” into the groove provided for this purpose. 2) Mount the metal wiper ring “B” by pushing it over the cylinder rod until it is in contact with the previously inserted rubber ring “A”.

5) E

3) Mount the prism guide block “C” in the centring element on the cylinder body and ensure that the front guiding surface of the piston rod is correctly aligned. 4) Insert the mounting screws “D” into the bores provided in the prism guide block and in the cylinder body and tighten them with the tightening torque specified on page 16. 5) Mount the appropriate clamping arm on the rod and fit it between the lateral and front guiding surfaces of the prism guide block.

B 2)

12/2016

6) Finally install the nut “F” and tighten it with the tightening torque specified in the corresponding table. Check the tightening torque of the nut after the first 1000 operating cycles.

Note: The clearance between the screws and the cylinder body minimizes angular deviations. Check the correct clamping arm alignment before tightening the mounting screws.

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETROFITTED ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING OF THE METAL WIPER C 3)

2) Mount the metal wiper ring “B” by pushing it over the cylinder rod until it is in contact with the previously inserted rubber ring “A”.

B 2)

A 1)

1) Insert the rubber element “A” into the groove provided for this purpose.

Note: The metal wiper ring “B” must be precisely guided on the piston rod. If it does not move smoothly, polish the inside diameter carefully with very fine abrasive paper. Proceed with extreme caution in order not to round the wiper edge and to affect its wiping efficiency. 3) Install steel bushing “C” metal wiper in the appropriate position on the cylinder body. We recommend pressing the steel bushing with the spacer element onto the rod in order to push it into place. Note: Do not use a hammer or inappropriate tools for the installation of the steel bushing. The bushing MUST be fitted to the cylinder body by exerting an axial force onto the rod.

12/2016

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETROFITTED VRF SERIES FLOW CONTROL VALVES

MOUNTING THE VALVE TO THE CYLINDER 1) Remove the plug from the “A” port (clamping). 2) Place the sealing ring into the groove provided on the cylinder. Screw in the valve up to the stop and tighten it by hand with the specified torque. NOTE: Always tighten the valve by hand. Pneumatic or electric screwdrivers MUST NOT be used for this purpose as they could cause damage to the valve or the cylinder body.

A Safety counter nut

Valve adjusting screw

TORQUE FOR VALVE BODY “E” VRF18 = 16Nm VRF14 = 40Nm Hexagon wrench for valve body “E”

VRF18-VRF14 valve Sealing ring

ADJUSTMENT OF THE FLOW CONTROL VALVE D

Loosen the safety counter nut “D” while fixing the valve body “E” with the hexagon wrench.

TORQUE FOR THE COUNTER NUT “D” VRF18 = 6Nm VRF14 = 12Nm

Adjust the flow rate using the screw at the VRF valve. Make sure to use exclusively the appropriate wrench and perform the adjustment ONLY in unpressurized condition.

12/2016

After having adjusted the flow rate, tighten the “D” counter nut again.

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR VCS02/VCS03 VCS04 PNEUMATIC VALVES

15 N/m

5 VCS02

O-Ring 13x1.5

4 6470.132

3 Extension spring

4310.008

1 VALVE SEAT VCS 02/03/04

MOUNTING SEQUENCE FOR THE VCS PNEUMATIC VALVE 1) Insert the stop element, article no. 4310.008, into the valve seat. 2) Then place the extension spring, article no. A/2044 into the valve seat. 3) Insert the sealing ring, article no 6740.132, into the valve seat until it reaches the stop. 4) Mount the upper O-Ring 13 x 1.5 mm sealing ring in the valve seat. 5) Install the valve in the seat and tighten it with a torque of 15 N/m.

NOTE: The maximum valve stroke is 4 mm for the VCSO2 valve and 7 mm for the VCS03 and VCS04 valves. We recommend a closing stroke of 2รท3 mm.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE PNEUMATIC SYSTEM WHEN USING CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVES NOTE: A precise air supply flow upstream from the pressure switch provided for valve control is of prior importance for the efficient operation of the clamp arm/ workpiece position control valves. 1) Close all VCS valves except for one. 2) Close the flow control completely to interrupt the air flow. 3) Carefully reopen the flow control valve and increase the downstream pressure to set the release point of the clamp closing pressure switch. 4) Close the flow control valve slowly until no alarm is given by the pressure switch (pressure drop). 5) Open and close the VCS valve to check whether the pressure reaches the release pressure set at the pressure switch and is reduced again.

VALVE UNIT

12/2016

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE VCS10 PNEUMATIC VALVE

VCS10

PREPARATIONS FOR VALVE MOUNTING 1) Use the metric O-ring 7x1 as lower valve seal. 2) Use the metric O-ring 9x1 as upper valve seal. Mounting of the valve

O-Ring 7x1

1 4

N.B.: The maximum valve stroke is 3.5 mm. We recommend a closing stroke of 1.5 รท 2 mm.

O-Ring 9x1

3 Extension spring

3) Insert the extension spring (A/1655) into the appropriate valve seat. 4) After having inserted the extension spring into the hollow valve shaft up to the stop, place the prepared VCS10 valve into seat and tighten it with a torque of 12 N/m.

VALVE SEAT VCS10

1) Close all VCS valves except for one. 2) Close the flow controller completely to interrupt the air flow. 3) Carefully reopen the flow control valve and increase the downstream pressure to set the release point of the pressure switch for position control. 4) Close the flow control valve slowly until no alarm is given by the pressure switch (pressure drop). 5) Open and close the VCS valve to check whether the pressure reaches the release pressure set at the pressure switch and is reduced again.

VCS10 VALVE UNIT IN SEAT

12/2016

ADJUSTMENT OF THE INSTALLED PNEUMATIC VALVE

Adjustment of the air-operated valve

A B C D E

To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1 - 6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air flow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2 - 4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2Ăˇ4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

CPV01 - VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE B

Valve protection cartridge. M12X1

With the CPV01 valve protection cartridge, the final user can perform clamping operations without any workpiece being mounted in the fixture to check the cylinder for proper functioning or for cleaning purposes. In this case, there is no risk of damage to the VCS clamp arm position control valve caused by excess stroke.

C G D E

Ă&#x2DC;6

Stroke

Adjustment of the valve protection cartridge (example): To adjust the CPV01 valve protection cartridge for the clamp arm control valve, proceed as described in the above instructions 1 to 4 for the adjustment of the clamp arm position control valve. Upon completion of the adjustment, the pressure switch will indicate that the compressed air circuit is closed and enable the machining cycle. The bolt of the cartridge (G) can compensate an excess stroke of up to 10 mm and re-establish the starting conditions as soon as the cylinder has returned into unclamping position. Make sure that no stroke over 10 mm is performed during clamping operations without workpiece.

12/2016

VALVE ADJUSTMENT VCS03 Bolt Counter nut Adjustable plate

Height of the actuated valve at the mechanical stop. Any collision of the valve with the mechanical stop must be avoided in order not to cause substantial damage to the valve.

Height of valve when not actuated

Height of the adjusted valve in clamped state without workpiece

0.5

Maximum mechanical valve stroke

2 0.5

Mechanical valve stop 7

4.5 - Adjustment range for workpiece release

Clamp arm level with the cylinder being opened

VCS03

RECOMMENDED VALVE ADJUSTMENT: 1) Pressurize the cylinders to open them until they reach the end position. ATTENTION: Prior to performing any manual operations on the fixture, make sure that the hydraulic supply is switched off and the cylinders are prevented from closing while the work is being carried out. 2) Remove the workpieces from the machining position, if any. 3) Completely unscrew the bolts installed on the adjustable plate at the clamp arm (fig. 1). 4) Close the hydraulic cylinders up to the mechanical stop. 5) Carefully screw in the bolt until the VCS valves have reached the mechanical stop (mechanical limit stop, see figure 2). 6) Unscrew the bolt by 0.5 mm and lock it in this position using the appropriate counter nut (fig. 3). The valves are now open and the pressure switch cannot give a “Workpiece clamped” release. As soon as the workpiece is in correct position and the clamp arm is placed on it, the valve is closed and the “Workpiece clamped” release will be given via the pressure switch.

Free outlet

Pressure gauge for visual inspection 0-12 Bar Pressure switch normally open

PNEUMATIC CIRCUIT (EXAMPLE)

Flow rate controller

Pneumatic line max. 5µm - MAX 10 Bar

NOTE: The volume flow in the pneumatic line must be controlled such as to ensure that the entire system is depressurized and changes to alarm mode when a single valve is opened. If the machine is not equipped with a flow control valve, retrofitting is necessary as excessively high flow rates will affect the proper function of the safety equipment.

NOTE: As the VCS03 valves provide a double alarm signal via the pressure switch (for clamp arm and workpiece position control), the cylinder position must be carefully selected. Make sure that with the clamp arm being in clamped condition but with no workpiece in working position, there is still a residual stroke available to move the VSC03 valves back into open position without the risk of mechanical collision of the valves. Under the mentioned conditions, an additional clamping stroke of 3 – 5 mm will usually be sufficient for this purpose.

12/2016

Compensation system Clamp arm installation

Metal wiper

Seals

A Compensation system: High precision device to cancel angular backlash

C Cylinder speed control

B F 26

Safety overload clutch

Clamp closing control valve

12/2016

Swing clamp cylinders are mainly used as clamping elements for workpiece machining in hydraulic fixtures where easy manual or automatic workpiece loading and unloading is of prior importance. Owing to the exclusive clearance compensation system, these cylinders offer unparalleled reliability and high repeat accuracy in clamp arm positioning and are thus particularly suited for complex applications. In combination with the pneumatic clamp arm position control valve they guarantee maximum clamping stability and reliable machining cycles in automated production processes.

HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders of the SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM series do not require cost-intensive additional equipment for repositioning to ensure that the clamping arm reaches the precise clamping point. The clamping arm will systematically be placed at the correct point – cycle after cycle.

A. COMPENSATION SYSTEM SWINGING MECHANISM WITH UNCOMPROMISING ANGULAR ACCURACY The compensation system minimizes angular deviations of the clamp arm during the clamping process and belongs to the series equipment. Mechanical protection of the springs. Repeat accuracy of the clamp arm positioning on the workpiece +/- 0.05°.

Ball positioning at a safe level to avoid any damage to the cam material.

The unique HYDROBLOCK guiding and control system for the clamp arm swing motion is the worldwide most precise solution for positioning clamp arms on workpieces during machining. The unparalleled repeat accuracy is achieved by a special cup spring system keeping the guide balls in the correct position over long operating times. The angular clearance is thus continuously compensated, which would otherwise inevitably lead to wear of the mechanical components. HYDROBLOCK cylinders equipped with the COMPENSATION SYSTEM ensure an angular deviation in clamp arm positioning of below +/- 0.05° (+/- 0°0’30“). OBJECTIVE An incorrect alignment of the pressure point of the clamp arm relative to the clamping point in the fixture (which gradually increases with the mechanical wear) leads to deformations of the clamped workpiece. It is thus not possible to meet today’s exacting dimensional accuracy requirements during the machining process. The uncompromising repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamp arm on the workpiece minimizes elastic deformations and allows perfectly even workpieces with high surface quality to be produced.

12/2016

Compensation system

B. CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE The VCS pneumatic valve for active monitoring of the clamp arm position on the workpiece is of vital importance for state-of-the-art fully automatic lines. This valve can enable the machining process or disable it if any irregularities are detected in terms of workpiece positioning. Available versions: VCS02, VCS03, VCS04, VCS10 and VCS13. Standard equipment of cylinders in “V” version: VCS04 and VCS10 depending on the model; other versions are available upon request. The VCS valve is directly actuated by the screw fixed to the clamping arm and not by the piston. If the clamp arm is accidentally separated from the piston, the VCS valve is not actuated and no machining enable signal is transmitted to the pressure switch. This safety level cannot be ensured by indirect clamp arm control solutions. The VCS03 valve provides a double alarm signal through the pressure switch (monitoring of the clamp arm and workpiece position). If an automatically loaded workpiece falls down or is poorly positioned, the clamp arm performs an additional stroke as no workpiece is detected and returns in unclamping status. The machining cycle is thus blocked. NOTE: The VSC valves are high-precision pneumatic valves. Use only filtered air 5µm.

C. CYLINDER SWING SPEED CONTROL VRF The integrated VRF flow control valve is a special valve developed by HYDROBLOCK to allow the end user to precisely adjust the swing speed of the cylinder and to exactly determine the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined.

Flow control valve for the clamping process. All standard cylinders are prepared for retrofitting the flow control valve (accessory delivered upon request).

Thanks to the precisely controlled flow of each cylinder, a welldefined clamping sequence of the different cylinders is obtained in all clamping positions. As this sequence is repeated for all workpieces, the machining quality is substantially improved. All cylinders prepared for the installation of the flow control valve (to be separately ordered) can be retrofitted accordingly. NOTE: DO NOT USE flow control valves that impede the free oil discharge flow from the cylinder chambers. Despite the extremely robust design, the resulting overpressure would damage the swinging mechanism of the cylinder in the long run.

12/2016

D. METAL WIPER MOUNTING HOOD

METAL WIPER RUBBER ELEMENT MOUNTING OF THE WIPER IN CLOSED GROOVE SPECIAL MATERIAL RESISTANT TO CUTTING FLUIDS The main wiper of our swing clamp cylinders is mounted in a closed groove designed to prevent gap extrusion. It is made of special material that is resistant to modern cooling lubricants. Upon request, the main wiper is protected by a special metal wiper that is pressed directly onto the cylinder body. The metal wiper is composed of two separate components: an installation hood at the body and a profiled wiper plate that is fitted to the piston rod and can be freely moved in axial direction. The movement between the installation hood and the wiper plate ensures efficient function of the wiper that follows the piston profile, even if the latter is elastically deformed by the clamping forces exerted by the clamp arm. The wiper plate follows the rod and is deformed neither in diameter nor in wiper profile, which ensures efficient protection of the main wiper over a long operating time.

X O

Contrary, when the (optional) metal wiper is mounted, the rubber wiper is protected against pressurized fluids and chips. The rubber wiper CANNOT be lifted by the pressurized cooling lubricant and the main seal will be not damaged by fluids or chips.

12/2016

The cooling lubricant jet must not be directly aimed at the rubber wiper as there is the risk of the wiper being lifted by the pressurized cooling lubricant, which would affect the sealing efficiency. In this case, the main seal could be damaged by fluids and chips.

Compensation system

E. SEALS Seals FKM (upon request)

POLYURETHANE seals as standard equipment

PISTON SEALS Depending on the cylinder type, our cylinders are equipped with seals made of special polyurethane or of PTFE+ FKM. Upon request, PTFE+FKM seals are available for all types. TENUTE PISTONE The piston seals of our cylinders are made of PTFE+NBR. PTFE+FKM seals are available upon request.

SAFETY OVERLOAD CLUTCH

SAFETY OVERLOAD CLUTCH RESET INTO 360° POSITION (upon request)

The safety overload clutch used to be a popular option for fixtures with manual workpiece loading and unloading. When the operator had to handle heavy or bulky workpieces, there was the risk of collision with the clamp arm and overload of the swinging mechanism causing damage to the equipment. For these applications, the safety clutch with manual reset to 360° was offered to protect the equipment. In state-of-the-art lines with automated loading, the safety clutch is no longer really needed. However, it is still available upon request for special applications or requirements.

12/2016

G. CLAMP ARM INSTALLATION HEXAGON SOCKET AT THE TOP FOR MOUNTING THE CLAMP ARM

GROOVE FOR CLAMP ARM ALIGNMENT (UPON REQUEST)

TAPER 1:8 – 1:10 DEPENDING ON TYPE

HEXAGON SOCKET AT THE CYLINDER TOP In the standard version, the pistons of all HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders feature a hexagon socket at the top. Using this socket, the piston can be fixed while tightening the clamp arm lock ring – an extremely practical solution that protects the swinging mechanism of the cylinder. TAPER 1:8 All HYDROBLOCK pistons with COMPENSATION SYSTEM feature a clamp arm mounting taper of 1:8.

ALIGNMENT GROOVE Upon request, the pistons are provided with an alignment groove at a customer-defined position. This allows the clamp arm to be easily aligned during replacement or retrofitting.

NOTE: Swing clamp cylinders are designed for swinging at defined angles and over defined strokes. The cylinders MUST NOT BE EXPOSED to radial forces producing a rotation about their own axis. This motion would damage the cylinder and affect the swinging mechanism. For this reason, supports must be provided to absorb the forces.

12/2016

HPC

HARD PRISMATIC CLAMPS Metal Wiper integrated

Hydroblock offers its customers a new prismatic clamping arm guide system of type HPC-Hard Prismatic Clamp to be used in combination with the unique compensation system all cylinders of the SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM series are equipped with. Thanks to the high angular accuracy guaranteed by the compensation system, the clamping arm is perfectly guided by the precise surfaces of the prismatic guiding system mounted to the cylinder body.

THE INNOVATIVE HPC SYSTEM OFFERS MANY BENEFITS 1. Linear guide to absorb the radial forces acting on the clamping arm: The clamping arm/piston rod configuration is only minimally bent, which drastically reduces the tension exerted on the clamped workpiece during machining. This ensures unparalleled manufacturing quality within narrow tolerances. 2. Prism guide to absorb the torque: The clamping arm mounted to the piston rod remains perfectly aligned even when subjected to radial thrust and does not transmit the swing torque to the internal guiding system of the piston rod. The rod is thus protected against damage caused by excessively high torque and undesired forces or vibrations acting on the workpiece are excluded. NOTE: The swing torque transmitted to the clamping arms of swing clamp cylinders is the main reason for damage to the cylinder and the resulting vibrations of the clamped workpiece!

3. Alignment of the clamping arm on the cylinder body: Incorrect mounting of the clamping arm to the rod is excluded. Correct installation is automatically ensured. An additional alignment is no longer required and grooves are not necessary. 4. Protection of the cylinder swinging system: The internal swinging system cannot be damaged during mounting. When tightening the threaded nut at the clamping arm, the prismatic guide prevents any undesired transmission of the tightening torque to the swinging system. 5. A 8% increase in the effective clamping force on the machined workpiece is achieved or alternatively a longer clamping arm at the same operating pressure.

12/2016

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS WITHOUT hpc system

hydroblock SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS WITH hpc system

12/2016

Compensation system Exclusive COMPENSATION SYSTEM compensates the angular clearance of the swinging mechanism to ensure long-term operational precision. The exclusive COMPENSATION SYSTEM guarantees high repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamp arm on the workpiece. In addition, it minimizes or almost eliminates elastic workpiece deformations that normally result from incorrect alignment of the pressure point of the clamp arm relative to the fixed clamp point in the fixture.

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning using the HYDROBLOCK COMPENSATION SYSTEM: ± 0.05° MAINTAINED OVER A LONG TIME

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning with competitor products: ± 1° indicated for new cylinders

8.72

5.23

Load, deformation of the machined workpiece

-2°

3.49

6.98

L=5

+2°

L=125

-1°

4.36

3.49

2.62

1.74

+1°

L=125

-0.5°

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning with competitor products: ± 0.5° indicated for new cylinders

L=5

-0.5°

2.18

1.75

1.31

0.87

-0.05°

L=5

+0.5°

L=125

Perfect clamp arm alignment on the support

-1°

-2°

0.22

0.13

0.09

0.17

L=5

-0.05°

+0.05°

L=125

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning with competitor products: ± 2° indicated for new cylinders

12/2016

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS

Hydraulic supply: SR swing clamp cylinders are rated for high operating pressures (max. 500 bar). To ensure perfect cylinder operation, the hydraulic line must be purged and the flow rate must be set below the maximum admissible operating values of the component in question. If the flow rate is too high, excessive swing speeds can be caused and lead to wear and damage to the sturdy mechanical cylinder components. The cylinder supply flow must be CONTROLLED. THE RETURN FLOW FROM THE CYLINDER MUST BE FREE. Flow control valves provided as shown in the diagram or the HYDROBLOCK VRF18/VRF14 flow control valves installed directly at the clamping port A must be used for this purpose. DO NOT INSTALL flow control valves that impede the free oil discharge flow from the cylinder chambers. Despite the extremely robust design, the resulting overpressure would damage the swinging mechanism of the cylinder. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for applications requiring particularly long clamp arms.

12/2016

Compensation system CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION The clamping arm of a swing clamp cylinder generates a torque acting on the piston guide. This torque produces a friction force that reduces the clamping force. The longer the clamping arm, the lower the performance. In the following formulas, this relation is taken into consideration. The constants used have been determined by means of test measurements. ATTENTION! Please observe the measuring units of the variables.

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS Effective clamping force:

p F= ≤ Fadm A+B•l

[kN]

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = C l

[kN]

padm = D + E ≤ pmax l

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

[bar]

l = Clamp arm length [mm] p = Pressure [bar] SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS Effective clamping force:

p-G ≤ Fadm A+B•l

[kN]

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = C l

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E + G ≤ pmax l

l = Clamp arm length [mm]

[bar]

p = Pressure [bar]

The constants (A÷G) for standard HYDROBLOCK cylinders are indicated in the table below: SR16FS

SR16FD

SR18FS

SR18FD

SR22

SR25FS

SR25FD

SR28

SR35

SR45

39,8

50,5

19,0

24,0

10,3

7,1

5,8

0,177

0,095

0,110

0,1

0,073

0,040

0,026

309

399

550

736

900

1375

2310

12300

20150

10440

17650

9230

9750

13350

54,78

37,88

60,25

58,20

65,38

54,96

59,25

* = After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

12/2016

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS: EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE UND MAXIMUM SWINGING SPEED Example: Double-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR22.FD Clamp arm length: l = 80 Admissible clamping force:

Fadm = C = 550 = 6,9 l 80

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E = 10440 + 60,25 = 191 80 l

[bar]

MAXIMUM SWINGING SPEED When the clamping arms changes from the swinging motion to the pure linear movement, all forces of inertia are absorbed by the cam/ball system of the cylinder. These forces must be limited to avoid damage to the cylinder. The forces of inertia are proportional to the swinging speed and to the dimensions and the weight of the clamping arm. The larger the clamping arm, the lower the swinging speed to be selected. The swinging speed can be controlled by flow control valves as separately described. The ratio between the torque of inertia I of the clamp arm and the swing time t (for an angle of 90°) must be located below the characteristic torque of inertia/reaction time curve of the specific cylinder in the diagram. In any case, the swing time must be above 0.2 sec.

B A1 A2 m2

Calculation the torque of inertia:

I = 1 • m1 (4 • A12 + B2) + 1 • m2 (4 • A22 + B2) 12 12

I = Torque of inertia [kg•m2] m = Mass [kg] * = After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

12/2016

ORDER NUMBER CODE FOR SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SR XX.

0 V

FD PD CD FS PS CS

0 L R

0: Version with POLYURETHANE seals V: Version with PTFE/FKM seals

0 0 45 V2 60 V3 90 V4

0 F

0 M

0 S

0 K

O P

0 H

L: Left-hand type clamp arm R: Right-hand type clamp arm 0-45-60-90: Swinging angle (in Â°) (other swinging angles upon request)

FD/FS: Version with upper flange, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue)

F: Safety clutch against overload during the swing motion (upon request) M: Metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips (upon request)

PD/PS:

V: Control valve for the clamp arm position (upon request)

Version with lower flange, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue)

S: VRF flow control valve to control the swing speed (upon request) K: Clamp arm alignment groove (upon request)

CD/CS:

Built-in version, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue)

O: P:

Version with flange connection and supply via O-ring Version with flange connection and supply via threaded bore

H: HPC prismatic block with integrated metal wiper

How to order SR swing clamp cylinders (example)

SR22.0FDR90 V30MS0P0 SR22 swing clamp cylinder with upper flange, double-acting version (FD), polyurethane seals (O), right-hand type clamp arm 90Â° (R90), equipped with VCS03 control valve for the clamp arm position and alarm release if no workpiece is in machining position (V3), without safety clutch against overload during swinging (O), with metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips (M), with installed VRF18 flow control valve to control the swinging speed (S), without clamp arm alignment groove (O), with modular flange connection and supply via the threaded bores (P), without HPC prismatic block (0).

12/2016

PRESSURE/CLAMPING FORCE

DIAGRAMS

compensation system The following diagram outlines the performance data of different SR series double-acting swing clamp cylinders with compensation system as a function of the supply pressure.

F - Effective clamp arm force (kN)

P - Operating pressure (bar)

The diagram shows the effective clamping force “F” as a function of the operating pressure “P”. “L” = Recommended maximum clamp arm length

12/2016

SR16.0 fD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

A M6

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

Taper 1:8

Mounting hole

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

Ø31 (6)

4 29

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

147 EXTENDED

Ø16

Ø4.8 max

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 45 Clamping force diagram, see page 45

Ø35

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

50°

Stroke mm

/8”

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

9 R3

Effective piston area

12/2016

SR16.0 fDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

23.6

DIN913 M5x20

1.6

DIN912 M4x12 AIR

9.8

C H

Ø3 max

Mounting hole

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

90 °

2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

G1/8’’

50°

° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air flow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

SR16.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

M6 1.6

(6)

Ø4.8 max

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

124

148 EXTENDED

Ø16

OIL

Taper 1:8

Ø35

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 45 Clamping force diagram, see page 45

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request) 19

50°

Stroke mm

/8”

27 52

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

12/2016

SR16.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20 DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C M6

AIR

1.6

E G1/8’’

Ø3 max

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. F

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

50°

90 °

G1/8’’

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

SR16.0 cD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) Ø39 H8 Ø37.5H8

Ø3 9.5

21.5

(6)

30°

Ø36 H8

21.5

1.6

Ø31 Ø36

Ø3

15 49.5 147 EXTENDED

1.6

3.2

Taper 1:8

Ø16

32 MIN

20°

1.6

M14x1.5

A B 73.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

9.5

1.6 11 1.6

30°

Ø36 H8

Ø6.5

Ø3

3.2

21.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø3

Ø35

1.6

20°

30°

Ø35.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 45 Clamping force diagram, see page 45

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

12/2016

SR16 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.16

CLAMP ARM 03.16

CLAMP ARM 04.16 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø51

Ø23

1.6

19.5

M4 3.2

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø16±0.05

Ø26

42 = =

15°

15° 12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,080

120

0,070

100

8,0 80 6,0 60 4,0

2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

140

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable 0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR16.0 fDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

63 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 max Mounting hole

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 49 Clamping force diagram, see page 49 27

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

12/2016

SR16.0 fDVH DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

DIN913 M5x20

1.6

AIR

63 EXTENDED

C D Ø3 max

Mounting hole

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

G1/8’’

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x20. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 27

= =

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air flow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

12/2016

SR16.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

49.5 EXTENDED

3.2

32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39H8

20°

30°

Ø36H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

9.5

1.6 11 1.6

30°

Ø35.5

= =

30°

Ø36 H8

= =

Ø3

3.2

21.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø3

1.6

20°

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 49 Clamping force diagram, see page 49

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

12/2016

SR16 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.16

CLAMP ARM 07.16 Ø23 2

Ø16±0.05

10.5

3.2 1.6

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø23

Ø16±0.05 Taper 1:8

Taper 1:8

89.5

74.5 70

19.5

° 45

7.5

19.5

7.5

16 == 28 ==

45 ==

16 = = 28 = = 44 = =

20°

14 = =

20° 10

10 13.5 MAX

13.5 MAX 27

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,080

120

0,070

F* 100

8,0 80 6,0 60 4,0

2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

140

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable 0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR16.0 fS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

= =

* OIL

23.6

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5 Taper 1:8 15

Ø4.8 max

Ø31

ATTENTION: the cylinder is NOT equipped with the COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

50°

= =

/8”

= = 6

= =

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 51 Clamping force diagram, see page 51

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

(6) 13

Ø35

= =

+0.2 -0

Ø7

B 9 R3

27 58

Ø35.5

147 EXTENDED

Ø16

Mounting hole

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

2.51

5.5

12/2016

SR16 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.16

CLAMP ARM 03.16

CLAMP ARM 04.16 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø51

Ø23

1.6

19.5

M4 3.2

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø16±0.05

Ø26

42 = =

15°

15° 12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

140

0,070

120

8,0

0,080

100 80

6,0

4,0

L 2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 0,050

Area not usable

0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR18.0 fD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5

Ø4.8 max

Ø18

Taper 1:8

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

Ø31 (6)

150 EXTENDED

Mounting hole

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

Ø35

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

Stroke mm

/8”

9 R3

27 58

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

12/2016

SR18.0 fDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

1.6

23.6

AIR

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

9.8

C H

Ø3 max

No Mounting hole

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR18.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M6 M16x1.5

Ø18

OIL

Taper 1:8

1.6

Ø4.8 max (6)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

124

151 EXTENDED

Ø31

Ø35 Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request) 19

50°

Stroke mm

/8”

27 52

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

12/2016

SR18.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C

1.6

D 15

AIR

E Ø3 max

G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR18.0 cD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

21.5

9.5

1.6

30°

(6)

Ø3

1.6

Ø31 Ø36

30°

Ø36 H8

21.5

18 49.5

150 EXTENDED

Ø18

Ø3

3.2

Taper 1:8

A 32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39 H8

20°

M16x1.5

A B 73.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8 1.6

9.5

30°

Ø3

1.6 75

Ø36 H8

1.6

2 11

Ø6.5

Ø3

3.2

Ø37.5 H8

21.5

20°

Ø35

30°

Ø35.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

12/2016

SR18 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.18

CLAMP ARM 03.18

CLAMP ARM 04.18 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

41.5

16.5

12 1.6

Ø66

3.2

1.5

Ø26

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø18±0.05

Ø34

= =

15°

= =

15°

12 17

UPON REQUEST = =

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

250

9,0

0,080

150

5,0 4,0

100

3,0

2,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

6,0

0,070 2

200

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR18.0 fDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT M6

63 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 max +0.2

Ø35.5 -0

Mounting hole

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

12/2016

SR18.0 fDVH DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

DIN 913 M5x20

1.6

63 EXTENDED

AIR

E Ø3 max G1/8’’ +0.2

Mounting hole

Ø35.5 -0

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x20. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

= =

12/2016

SR18.0 cDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

2 11

1.6

3.2 49.5 EXTENDED

A 32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39H8

20°

30°

Ø36H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø39H8 1.6

9.5

= =

30°

1.6 Ø3

Ø36H8

= =

Ø3

1.6

2 11

3.2

Ø37.5H8

21.5

20°

30°

Ø35.5

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

12/2016

SR18 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.18

CLAMP ARM 07.18

1.5

Ø26

10.5 M5

Ø18±0.05

3.2

1.6

10.5

3.2 18

1.5

Ø26

Ø18±0.05 Taper 1:8

Taper 1:8

89.5

74.5 55

19.5 7.5

° 45

19.5

7.5

16 = = 28 = =

45 = =

16 = = 28 = = 44 = = 20°

14 = =

20° 10

10 12.5 MAX

12.5 MAX

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

250

9,0

0,080 200

6,0 150

5,0 4,0

100

3,0

2,0

0,070 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR18.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 23.6

22 = =

* OIL

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5 Ø4.8 max 18

Taper 1:8

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

Ø31

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

(6)

150 EXTENDED

Ø18

Mounting hole

Ø7

Ø35

ATTENTION: the cylinder is NOT equipped with the COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

G1/ 8”

37 = =

48 = =

6 = =

9 R3

27 = = 58

50° = =

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 63 Clamping force diagram, see page 63

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.98

4.4

12/2016

SR18 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.18

CLAMP ARM 03.18

CLAMP ARM 04.18 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

41.5

16.5

12 1.6

Ø66

3.2

1.5

Ø26

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø18±0.05

Ø34

= =

15°

= =

15°

12 17

UPON REQUEST

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

9,0

0,090

300

0,080 250

200

6,0 5,0

150 4,0 100

3,0

2,0

0,070 Torque of inertia (kgm )

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR22.0 fD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

28.7

23.6

1.6

oIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

Mounting hole

Ø49

+0.2 -0

(4)

Ø38 40

13.5

162 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø4.8 max

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 69 Clamping force diagram, see page 69

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

G1/8”

6 R4

42 73

44°

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

12/2016

SR22.0 fDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

33.5 28.7

23.6

AIR

1.6

DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

B 5

C H

Ø3 max

Mounting hole

Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

90 °

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/8’’

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

Maximum rotation of plate A

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

90 °

12/2016

SR22.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

28.7

23.6

A M6 METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

oIL

M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø22

Ø4.8 max

(4)

135

163 EXTENDED

Ø38

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 69 Clamping force diagram, see page 69

Ø7

G1/8”

44°

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

Stroke mm

12/2016

SR22.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

A DIN912 M5x16

AIR

1.6 15

Ø3 max

G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR22.0 cD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M18x1.5

32 MIN

Ø3

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

1.6

25 (4)

30°

21.5

18 50.5

Ø38 Ø50

1.6

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø22

162 EXTENDED

Ø52.5 H8

20°

Taper 1:8

30° Ø49.5 H8

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5 H8

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

21.5

9.5

1.6

1.6 Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2 Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30° Ø49

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

12/2016

SR22 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.22

CLAMP ARM 03.22

CLAMP ARM 04.22 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

18 16

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø22±0.05

7.5

15 23.5

3.2

M5 10

Ø28

Ø32

15°

14.8 14.8 21

14.8 14.8

15°

UPON REQUEST

33.5

26 62

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

60 5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm )

0,090

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR22.0 fDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

69 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 max Mounting hole

Ø49

+0.2 -0

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 73 Clamping force diagram, see page 73

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

12/2016

SR22.0 fDVH DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

M6 1.6

AIR

DIN 913 M5x20

69 EXTENDED

D E Ø3 max G1/8’’

Mounting hole

Ø49

+0.2 -0

= =

12/2016

SR22.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

A 32 MIN

Ø51H8

M6 3.2 50.5 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

30° Ø49.5H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5H8

= = 30°

B B

30°

Ø3

1.6

21.5

9.5

1.6

A A Ø3

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

= =

30° Ø49

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

12/2016

SR22 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.22

CLAMP ARM 07.22

Ø28

10.5

1.6

10.5 M5

Ø22±0.05

Ø28 3.2

1.6

3.2

Ø22±0.05

Taper 1:8

136

106 110

= =

16 15°

= =

20.8

15°

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR25.0 fD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

28.7

23.6

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M22x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 max Ø49

Mounting hole

Ø38

+0.2 -0

13.5

(4)

164 EXTENDED

Ø25

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 79 Clamping force diagram, see page 79

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request) 27

44°

Stroke mm

/8”

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

Total oil volume

Effective piston area

12/2016

SR25.0 fDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

33.5 28.7

23.6

1.6

B 5

AIR

DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

C H D

Ø3 max Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

90 °

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR25.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

28.7

23.6

A M6 1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 max

Ø25

Taper 1:8

(4)

135

165 EXTENDED

Ø38

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 79 Clamping force diagram, see page 79

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

44° G1/ 8”

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

Stroke mm

12/2016

SR25.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

1.6 AIR

DIN912 M5x16

E Ø3 max G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR25.0 cD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M22x1.5

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

30°

Ø38

Ø3

30° Ø49.5 H8

(4)

Ø50

21.5

1.6

Ø25

50.5 164 EXTENDED

A 32 MIN

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Taper 1:8

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

B B

30°

Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

Ø49

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

12/2016

SR25 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.25

CLAMP ARM 03.25

CLAMP ARM 04.25 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

20 16

18 18.5 7.5

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø25±0.05

Ø74

3.2 14

Ø35

Ø40

15°

15.6 15.6

15°

UPON REQUEST

15.6 15.6 22 60

33.5

26 60

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times 18,0

300

0,250

16,0

200

10,0 150 8,0 6,0

100

4,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

12,0

0,200 2

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

250 14,0

0,150

0,100

0,500

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR25.0 fDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT M6

69 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 max Ø49

Mounting hole

+0.2 -0

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

12/2016

SR25.0 fDVH DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

DIN 913 M5x20

1.6 15

AIR

69 EXTENDED

E G1/8’’

Ø3 max Ø49

+0.2 -0

= =

12/2016

SR25.0 cDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

A 32 MIN

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

50.5 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

30° Ø49.5H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5H8

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

1.6

= =

21.5

9.5

1.6

2 11

A A Ø3

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

Ø49

= =

30°

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

12/2016

SR25 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.25

CLAMP ARM 07.25

Ø35

Ø25±0.05

10.5 Ø25±0.05

Taper 1:8

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø35

3.2

Taper 1:8

146

106 120

= =

16 15°

= =

15°

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times 18,0

300

0,250

250

12,0

200

10,0 150 8,0 6,0

100

4,0

0,200 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

14,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

16,0

0,150

0,100

0,500

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR25.0 fS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

28.7

= =

23.6

1.6

oIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 max Mounting hole

Ø38

Ø49

+0.2 -0

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

13.5

(4)

164 EXTENDED

Ø25

Taper 1:8

Ø7

Ø48.5

ATTENTION: the cylinder is NOT equipped with the COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request) 27

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 85 Clamping force diagram, see page 85

= =

44°

G1/ 8”

= =

B 42

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

6 R4

= =

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

4.17

10.4

12/2016

SR25 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.25

CLAMP ARM 03.25

CLAMP ARM 04.25 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

20 16

18 18.5 7.5

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø25±0.05

Ø74

3.2 14

Ø35

Ø40

15°

15.6 15.6

15°

UPON REQUEST

15.6 15.6 22 60

33.5

26 60

43.5

Material: C45

16,0

350

14,0

300

12,0

250

10,0 200 8,0 150 6,0 100

4,0

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0,250

0,200 Torque of inertia (kgm )

400

18,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,150

Area not usable

0,100

0,500

50 0 500

0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR28.0 fD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

35.6

29.2

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

oIL

1.6

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 max

Ø43

+0.2 -0

Mounting hole

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø63.5

(4)

181 EXTENDED

Ø28

Taper 1:8

Ø9

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 91 Clamping force diagram, see page 91

Ø63

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

46° G1/ 8”

2 R5

55 87

Stroke mm

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

12/2016

SR28.0 fDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

8.5

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

35.6

29.2

M8 1.6

AIR

A DIN912 M4x12 11

DIN913 M6x30

Ø3 max

H No

Ø3 max

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

Mounting hole

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

E F

90 °

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR28.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

35.6

29.2

A M8 1.6

M22x1.5

oIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Taper 1:8

28 16 (4)

Ø4.8 max

Ø43

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

147

182 EXTENDED

Ø28

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 91 Clamping force diagram, see page 91

Ø63

Ø9 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request)

46° G1/ 8”

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

2 R5

Stroke mm

12/2016

SR28.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

35.6

29.2

A A

DIN913 M6x30 DIN912 M4x12

M8 1.6

AIR

C D

Ø3

G1/8’’

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

46°

90 °

G1/8’’

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

SR28.0 cD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

Ø67 H8

Ø3

(4)

Ø64 H8

1.6

Ø64 4

30°

Ø43 23.5

181 EXTENDED

55.5

Ø28

21.5 32 MIN

1.6

9.5

Taper 1:8 23

Ø65.5 H8

M8 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

M22x1.5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A B 90.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø67 H8

9.5

1.6

30°

Ø64 H8

21.5

Ø3

1.6

Ø3

Ø9

Ø63

Ø65.5 H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

30° Ø63.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 91 Clamping force diagram, see page 91

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

12/2016

SR28 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.28

CLAMP ARM 03.28

CLAMP ARM 04.28 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø76

23 20

43.5

1.6

Ø76

8 18 17.5

3.2 12

Ø37

Taper 1:8

Ø28±0.05

15°

17.7 17.7 25

17.7

15°

R29

Ø39

UPON REQUEST

50.5

Material: C45

180

0,500

35,0

160

0,450

140

0,400

120

25,0

100 20,0 80 15,0

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

30,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

40,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,350 Area not usable

0,300 0,250 0,200 0,150 0,100 0,050 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR28.0 fDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

72 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 max

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

Mounting hole

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 95 Clamping force diagram, see page 95

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

12/2016

SR28.0 fDVH DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

M8 1.6 18

AIR

DIN 913 M5x25

AIR

72 EXTENDED

D Ø3 max Ø3 max

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

Mounting hole

E F

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x25. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

= =

12/2016

SR28.0 cDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

Ø64H8

Ø3

30°

1.6

30°

21.5 32 MIN

9.5

1.6

A Ø3

Ø65.5H8

M8 3.2 55 EXTENDED

Ø67H8

20°

1.6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Blind hole mounting

Ø67H8

9.5

21.5

Ø3

1.6

30°

= =

30°

1.6 Ø3

Ø64H8

= =

Ø65.5H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

Ø63.5

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 95 Clamping force diagram, see page 95

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

12/2016

SR28 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.28

CLAMP ARM 07.28

Ø28±0.05

10.5

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø37

Ø37 3.2

Ø28±0.05

Taper 1:8

131.5

Taper 1:8

181.5 150

100

12.5

5°

= =

4 4x

12.5

10 14.8

15 44

Material: C45

180

0,500

35,0

160

0,450

140

0,400

30,0

120

25,0

100 20,0 80 15,0

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

40,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,350 Area not usable

0,300 0,250 0,200 0,150 0,100 0,050 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

SR35.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

40.6

35.6

M10

1.6

oIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M30x1.5

Ø4.8 max

Ø75.5

Ø54.5

+0.2 0

(6)

Mounting hole

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

227.5 EXTENDED

Ø35

Taper 1:8

102.5

Ø11

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 101 Clamping force diagram, see page 101

Ø75

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

34° G1/4

”

Swinging

Clamping

108

TOTAL

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

Stroke mm

12/2016

SR35.0 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

40.6

35.6

M10 AIR AIR

1.6 18

DIN912 M5x16

DIN913 M6x30

Ø3

H D

Mounting hole

Ø75.5

+0.2 0

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

E F

G1/4’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR35.0 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

41.7

34.5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M30x1.5

M10

OIL

1.6

Ø35

Taper 1:8

(6)

The VRF4 flow control valve cannot be installed. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x55 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

104

186

229 EXTENDED

Ø4.8

Ø77

Ø11

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 101 Clamping force diagram, see page 101

34° G1/4 ”

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

Stroke mm

108

12/2016

SR35.0 pDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

41.7

34.5

A DIN913 M6x30 12

DIN912 M5x16

M10

1.6

D 18

H No

AIR

E Ø3 G 1/8”

G1/4”

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

SR35.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting

Ø4

24.5

12.5

3.2

Ø4

30°

30° Ø76 H8

Ø76

(6)

72 30

Ø54.5

A B

Blind hole mounting

112.5

24.5

1.6 Ø76 H8

1.6

B 30°

30°

115

Ø4

12.5

35.5

Ø75

26.5

3.2

A Ø4

Ø78 H8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

1.6

227.5 EXTENDED

Ø35

26.5

1.6

3.2 Taper 1:8 30

35.5 MIN

Ø78 H8 M8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

M30x1.5

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

30°

Ø75.5

Ø11 88

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 101 Clamping force diagram, see page 101

100

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

12/2016

SR35 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.35

CLAMP ARM 03.35

CLAMP ARM 04.35 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

108

1.6

22 17

3.2

Ø47

Taper 1:8 9

Ø35±0.05

Ø47.5

15° 21.9 21.9 31 31 38 90 128

21.9 21.9

15°

UPON REQUEST 45 90

56.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

40,0

1,600

140

1,400

120

1,200

100

30,0

80 60

20,0

10,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Effective clamping force (kN)

50,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

60,0

1,000

Area not usable

0,800 0,600 0,400

0,200

0,000

0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

101

SR35.0 RPS

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HYDRAULICALLY PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

Installation dimensions M30x1.5

Ø35

M10

(6)

G 1/4”

227.5 EXTENDED

Taper 1:8

Ø11

Ø75.5 18

102.5

G 1/4”

8 35 R9

44 40

128

Mounting hole

Ø75

96 88

G 1/8” PRESSURE GAUGE PORT

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Valve block: Free machining steel Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 103 Clamping force diagram, see page 103

102

+0.2 0

Hydraulic supply: The hydraulically pilot-operated check valve that is mounted by O-rings directly to the cylinder head ensures that the pressure is maintained even in case of a supply pressure drop. As a special anti-extrusion O-ring is used for this purpose, the supply of other components is not affected at all when pressurizing the cylinder. A G1/8” port is provided for a pressure gauge that is directly connected with the cylinder chamber.

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

12/2016

SR35RPS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.35

CLAMP ARM 03.35

CLAMP ARM 04.35 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

108

Taper 1:8

Ø35±0.05

1.6

22 17

3.2

Ø47

Ø47.5

15° 21.9 21.9 31 31 38 90 128

21.9 21.9

15°

UPON REQUEST 45 90

56.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

40,0

1,600

140

1,400

120

1,200

100

30,0

80 60

20,0

10,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Effective clamping force (kN)

50,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

60,0

1,000

Area not usable

0,800 0,600 0,400

0,200

0,000

0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

103

SR45.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

52.4

42.4

M12

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

oIL

1.6

M40x1.5 Ø6

Ø91

(9)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

110

Ø72

Ø13

139

299 EXTENDED

Ø45

Mounting hole

Taper 1:8

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 108 Clamping force diagram, see page 108

Ø90

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 50

44°

Stroke mm

G1/ 4

”

100

123

104

3 R7

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

17.3

33.2

88.2

169.3

12/2016

SR45.0 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

56.5

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

52.4

42.4

M12

AIR AIR

1.6

B Ø3

DIN913 M8x40 DIN912 M6x16

Mounting hole

Ø91

Ø3

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

E F

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/4’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

105

SR45.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

52.4

42.4

M12

1.6

M40x1.5 oIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø6 51 (9)

Ø72

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material:

148

250

300 EXTENDED

Ø45

Taper 1:8

• Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 108 Clamping force diagram, see page 108

Ø90

Ø13 VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 50

44° G1/ 4”

100

123

106

3 R7

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

17.3

33.2

88.2

169.3

12/2016

SR45.0 PDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

56.5

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

52.4

42.4

G 1/8”

DIN913 M8x40

A DIN912 M6x16

M12

1.6

C H

AIR

Ø4.8

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 E G 1/8”

G1/4’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

12/2016

107

SR45 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.45

CLAMP ARM 03.45

CLAMP ARM 04.45 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

122

Ø55 3.2

35 25

8 62 92

30 23

Taper 1:8

Ø45±0.05

1.6

20°

27.9 27.9 39.5 39.5 110 46 156

20°

R46

27.9 27.9 80

Ø59

UPON REQUEST

110

56.5 68

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

70,0

1,200

250

200

50,0 150

40,0 30,0

100

20,0

10,0 0,0

0 0 100 200 300 400 500 Operating pressure (bar)

1,000 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

60,0

Area not usable 0,800

0,600

0,400

0,200

0,000 0 0,2 0,5 1 1,5 2 Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 108

12/2016

SRA

SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

12/2016

109

SRA SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

Patent-registered SRA cylinders Double-acting swing clamp cylinders with integrated work support of the SRA series have been developed for clamping points that can hardly be reached by the conventional combination of cylinder and separate hydraulic work support. Their special mechanical design minimizes the contact force exerted by the cylinder on the workpiece. Depending on the application, this force ranges between 50 and 250N. Minimal forces acting on the workpiece are produced with horizontal cylinder application. No force at all is exerted by the clamp arm on the work support. A reliably high supporting force is thus available to absorb the thrust forces of the tools generated during the machining process. A precise control of the hydraulic system minimizes workpiece deformation. To ensure smooth running and minimal deformation of the machined workpiece, the SR self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders with integrated work support are not equipped with the HYDROBLOCK compensation system. Bores in the clamp arm and in the cylinder counterpart are sufficient to precisely guide the clamp arm and to ensure that is reaches the correct clamping point without any cost-intensive accessory equipment being required.

SUPPLY: To ensure smooth operation of the SR self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders, the supply flow must be controlled to values below the maximum admissible flow rate. Excessively high flow rates will affect the operation of the clamp arm and the work support, i.e. they will be blocked before having reached the maximum stability. The clamp arm is thus approached too fast and causes higher workpiece deformation.

ATTENTION: In view of the area ratio of 1:2.8/1:3.3 of SRA cylinders, the unblocking conditions of the check valves, if any, must be taken into consideration. Failure to observe this instruction may cause dangerous overpressure in the hydraulic line.

VENTING

VENTING:

110

The pressure in the cylinder chambers increases during operation. If no sufficient venting is ensured, fluids, dust and chips could be sucked in. To ensure proper operation of the SRA cylinders, the pneumatic line must be free and efficiently protected against the penetration of fluids, contaminant and chips.

12/2016

SRA SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS BS

(if provided)

CLAMP ARM UNCLAMPING

UNCLAMPING FINAL (acquired position)

VSQ

BS CLAMP ARM CLAMPING

PNEUMATIC LINE

PNEUMATIC LINE (if provided)

MAX

MIN

HYDROBLOCK has always been committed to providing maximum product quality and unparalleled functionality considering the most varied operating conditions and the state-of-the-art in machining technology. The new SRA_FDS/SRA_FDSV swing clamp cylinders are the fruit of extensive technical know-how and the ambition to offer our customers compact and innovative products meeting the most challenging requirements in terms of reliability and safety for systems integrated into modern robotassisted plants. The new swing clamp cylinder stands out for: 1) Innovative swing mechanism of even higher resistance. 2) New pneumohydraulic concept for the positioning on the workpiece to be clamped.

12/2016

3) Plus in safety during operation thanks to a double pneumatic signal for continuous monitoring of the clamp arm position (open or closed) relative to the workpiece. Machining of the clamped workpiece is thus performed with absolute safety and reliable robot-assisted unloading of the unclamped workpiece is ensured.

PNEUMATIC LINE The pneumatic line for monitoring the open cylinder position and controlling the pneumatic approach force signals the open cylinder state as soon as the line is closed. During the clamping process, this line acts on the internal pistons to facilitate releasing of the seals, to compensate the weight of the moving mechanical parts thus reducing the forces acting on the clamped workpiece and the resulting deformation.

111

SRA20 FD SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION

Effective clamping force:

p 71,4 + 0,0079 • l

≤ Fadm

[kN] l

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = 90 l

[kN]

F h

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = 6430 + 7,14 ≤ pmax l

l = Clamp arm length [mm]

[bar]

p = Pressure [bar] Supporting force S (KN)

SRA20FD

6.3

9.8

16.4

SRA20FDS

3.8

5.8

7.8

SRA16FDS

2.5

3.8

5.1

6.5

4,0

A SR

3,0

20 .0

Effective clamping force (kN)

3,5

2,5

1,5

2,0

0.0

SRA

16.0

1,0

0,5 0,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

0 50 100 150 200 250

0,0

Operating pressure (bar)

* After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

112

12/2016

SRA16.0 fDS DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

BS : Clamp arm clamping Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

SS : Clamp arm unclamping BB : Sleeve clamping SS

1x30° MAX

G 1/8”

OIL

G 1/8”

BS 55

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) Taper 1:8

+0.2 +0.1

Ø16

Ø54 BB

Ø4

178.5 EXTENDED

Ø4

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Ø54 -0.1

* 55

Ø7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Max. admissible flow rate: 2,5 l/min Clamping force diagram, see page 112

G 1/8”

BB G 1/8”

12/2016

3.5

44.4

BS Ø4

(4 – Adjusting stroke) 25.6

Min. workpiece height related to the fixture level

Ø4

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.13

3.14

2.3

6.3

113

SRA16 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM 01.SRA16

1.6

3.2 15

3.2

Ø23

CLAMP ARM 07.SRA16

Taper 1:8

Ø16±0.05

= =

15°

= =

15°

Ø16±0.05

38.4

55.4

CLAMP ARM 11.SRA16

CLAMP ARM 12.SRA16

Ø43.6

3.2 Taper 1:8

0 -0.05

0 12-0.1

1.6

3.2

3.2 3.2

18 ==

1.6

12 -0.1

Ø32

Ø43.6

3.5 3.2

Taper 1:8

Ø32 -0.05

25.2 == 30° ==

50 == 36 == 28 == M5

25.2 = =

R25

60° = =

50 = = 13.4 = =

R25

38.4

25.6 64

114

29.4 55

12/2016

SRA20.0 FD DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

BS : Clamp arm clamping Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

SS : Clamp arm unclamping

1x30° MAX

BB : Sleeve clamping

Ø4 OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) Taper 1:10 32

+0.2 +0.1

Ø4 BS

Ø65

Ø20

14 8

(4 – Adjusting stroke) 28

Min. workpiece height related to the fixture level

BS 1.6

= =

Ø9

Ø4

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

123

5.6

-0.05

= =

233.6 EXTENDED

20 Tolerance h7

Ø65h7

Ø65 -0.15

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Max. admissible flow rate: 2,5 l/min Clamping force diagram, see page 112

= =

G 1/8”

BB G 1/8”

12/2016

SS 21

Ø 16

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.38

4.52

9.9

115

SRA20 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM 01.SRA20

CLAMP ARM 07.SRA20

Ø26 3

Ø26

3.2 1.6

1.6

3.2

Taper 1:10

Ø20±0.05

5x45° 28

5x45°

10°

5x45°

Ø20±0.05

15 95

CLAMP ARM 11.SRA20 +0.5 0

+0.5 0

Taper 1:8

3.2 0 15 -0.1

3.2

1.6

= =

3.2

8 H7

22 = =

1.6

15 -0.1

3.2 10

Ø51

4.5 3.2

Ø51

CLAMP ARM 12.SRA20

+0.1

Taper 1:8

+0.1

Ø37.9 - 0.1

Ø37.91 - 0.1

0 R3

10°

30 ==

60.8 == 32 == M6

60°

60.78

10°

48 80

116

40 72

12/2016

SRA20.0FDSV

MAX. PRESSURE = 250BAR

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

BS : Clamp arm clamping Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

SS : Clamp arm unclamping BB : Sleeve clamping

DEBUR AND ROUND OFF ANY EDGES

Taper 1:10

OIL

Ø4 Ø4 MAX

11 -2

VCA

1x30° MAX

VCS 4 Ø

Ø4

SS 21

Ø4

Ø63

+0.2 +0.1

Ø20

Ø63

5.6

Tolerance h7

99.4

Ø63h7

215 EXTENDED

Note: Max. admissible flow rate: 2,5 l/min Clamping force diagram, see page 112

9 Ø AIR

G 1/8”

BB G 1/8”

BS G 1/8” 64 78

12/2016

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.38

4.52

9.9

117

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

118

12/2016

THREE-BALL ROTATION

ALLOYED STEEL GUIDING PINS OF LARGE DIAMETER

For applications where the unique COMPENSATION SYSTEM with uncompromising angular accuracy cannot be installed, Hydroblock offers a rototranslation system with three balls arranged at an angle of 120° designed to enhance the mechanical resistance of the system and to keep the inevitable angular clearance within minimum tolerances. Thanks to the force distribution along three rotation paths positioned over a large diameter, the rototranslational clearance is maintained in the long run. Although the cylinders will inevitably feature an increasing angular clearance cycle by cycle, this process will take longer with the three-roll system than with solutions based on two balls. ATTENTION: Only the Hydroblock COMPENSATION SYSTEM can guarantee maximum angular repositioning accuracy! When you are faced with extremely challenging mechanical machining tolerances, our high-precision COMPENSATION SYSTEM is a must: in this case you simply have to opt for cylinders that are equipped with this unique feature!

120°

3B TH ALL CL E A S T O AN EAR NGU LI M L A D W NC AR IT EA E R

ROTATION BASED ON TWO NON-COMPENSATED BALLS

12/2016

ALLOYED STEEL GUIDING PINS OF LARGE DIAMETER

BALLS WITH LARGE DIAMETER TO LIMIT WEAR

For applications where – for space reasons - neither the unique COMPENSATION SYSTEM for uncompromising angular accuracy nor the rototranslation system with three balls arranged at an angle of 120° can be installed, we offer the conventional 2-roll rotation system. The two balls arranged over a large diameter will enhance high mechanical reliability in the long run and thus improve the rototranslation clearance for a prolonged period a time. As the cylinders will inevitably feature an increasing angular clearance cycle by cycle, we recommend limiting the swinging speed of the cylinder to a minimum value. ATTENTION: Only the Hydroblock COMPENSATION SYSTEM can guarantee maximum angular repositioning accuracy! When you are faced with extremely challenging mechanical machining tolerances, our high-precision COMPENSATION SYSTEM is a must: in this case you simply have to opt for cylinders that are equipped with this unique feature!

119

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE The table below shows the constant values (AรทG) of the swing clamp cylinder series that is compatible with competitor cylinders.

SR10 SR20 SR10 SR20 FD/PD FD/PD FS/PS FS/PS CD CDB

SR20 CS

SR20 CD

SR32

SR40

SR50

132,6

56,8

99,0

22,1

14,2

8,7

1,260

0,292

0,293

0,097

0,051

0,029

140

220

510

998

1980

6130

7950

21780

11280

14130

17160

58,22

40,91

64,36

49,56

51,27

57,02

Example 1:

Double-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR20.0 FD

Clamp arm length: l = 90 Maximum admissible clamping force:

R h

Fadm = C = 140 = 1,5 [kN] l 90

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E = 7950 + 40,91 = 129 [bar] l 90 Example 2: Single-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR10.0 FS Clamp arm length: l = 50 Maximum admissible clamping force:

Fadm = C = 46 = 0,92 l 50

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E + G = 6130 + 58,22 + 20 = 200,8 [bar] l 50

120

12/2016

PRESSURE/CLAMPING FORCE

DIAGRAMS

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS The diagram below shows the performance of the SR compatible double-acting swing clamp cylinders as a function of the operating pressure.

F - Effective clamping force (kN)

SR32

SR20

SR10

P - Operating pressure (bar)

The diagram shows the effective clamping force “F” as a function of the operating pressure “P” and the recommended maximum clamping arm length “L”

12/2016

121

SR10.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX

Taper 1:10

Ø10

Ø27.5

+0.1 - 0.1

40 22

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

108.5 EXTENDED

G1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 123 Clamping force diagram, see page 123

M27x1.5

18 4x45° 24

50 54

122

Ø5.5

B Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

12/2016

SR10.0 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 23

AIR

Ø2 MAX

1.6

D H No

Ø27.5

+0.1 - 0.1

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3X1

4 STROKE

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air flow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) 23

12/2016

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

123

SR10.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

Taper 1:10

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø10

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX

M27x1.5

B A

Ø5 MAX

91 3

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 123 Clamping force diagram, see page 123

G 1/8”

A A

G 1/8”

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

124

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

12/2016

SR10 FD/PD/CD SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.10

CLAMP ARM 04.10

1.6

Ø10 -0.1

1.6

Taper 1:10

Taper 1:10 0

Ø10 -0.1

R 23

R10

Effective clamping force / Swing times

2,5

100

0,010

0,008

70 60

1,5

50 1,0

30 20

0,5

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

2,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Area not usable 0,006

0,004

0,002

10 0,0 0

0 50

100 150 200 250 300 350 Operating pressure (bar)

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 12/2016

125

SR10.0 CD DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

M28x1.5

16 MIN

Ø3

Alternative positions

Effective height tolerance

Ø6

58.5

70.5

31.9

1.5

14.5

120°

32.5

12.5

Ø10

Ø25 H7

Ø3

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

A 1.6

59 MIN

Taper 1:10

36 MIN

1.6

To be observed

: Clamping

Included in the scope of supply:

# • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5 Ø23.5

Ø25

M28x1.5 Ø34

ATTENTION: Owing to the sealing ring at the top of the cylinder, this cylinder can be repositioned several times without the sealing face at the front of the fixture being damaged. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

= =

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 123 Clamping force diagram, see page 123

Stroke mm

126

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

12/2016

SR10.0 CDZ

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND MOUNTING FLANGE : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

20 +0.5 0

Ø3

Ø33 H8

Ø25

Ø3

1.6

7 30 MIN 12

Taper 1:10

Ø35 H8

0°

1x3

Ø10.5

Alternative positions

Ø6

48.5

Ø10

42.5

Ø6.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Mounting flange: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø23.5 Ø33

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 123 Clamping force diagram, see page 123

Ø35

= =

57°

10.5

= =

Ø3

Stroke mm

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

24 60

12/2016

Effective piston area

127

SR10.26 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions M28x1.5

60.5 43

Ø10

Effective height tolerance H7

Ø24.8

Alternative positions

1.6

Ø25 H7

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

16 MIN

Ø3

18 MIN

26 MAX

44 MIN

Ø3

Taper 1:10

A 20

+0.1 -0.3

1.6

◊

Ø6

1.5

14.5

◊ Piston contact surface

67.5

Piston retracted

Ø23.5 Ø25 M28x1.5

Ø34

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5

Stroke mm

128

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

12/2016

SR10.26 CDZ DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER IN WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND MOUNTING FLANGE : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

Ø25 H7

Effective height tolerance H7

Ø24.8

Ø10.5

76.5

Ø6

1.6

Ø6

30 MIN

+0.1

53 -0.3

0°

Taper 1:10

Ø35 H8 1.6

1x3

2x2

0°

◊

Ø6

Ø10

Alternative positions

◊

Ø23.5

Piston retracted

Piston contact surface

51.5

Ø6.5

Ø25

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 123 Clamping force diagram, see page 123

Ø35

57°

10.5

8 Ø3

Stroke mm 24

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

0.75

1.54

12/2016

129

SR10.0 FS SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions 22

A 17

1.6 12

OIL

Ø5 MAX

B Taper 1:10

Ø27.5

8 8

A 22

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø10

G1/8”

+0.1 -0.1

M27x1.5

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 131 Clamping force diagram, see page 131

18 4x45° 24

50 54

130

Ø5.5

B Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

0.75

1.2

12/2016

SR10.0 PS SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions

Taper 1:10

1.6 Ø10

Ø5 MAX

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø5 MAX

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

M27x1.5

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 131 Clamping force diagram, see page 131

G1/8”

B Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

0.75

1.2

131

SR10.0 CS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions To be observed

M28x1.5

Taper 1:10

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø6

In order to ensure correct cylinder operation in the long run, the vent hole must be provided with a vent pipe leading into an area that is free from fluids and chips.

31.5

1.5

Included in the scope of supply:

58.5

70.5

14.5

Ø10

32.5

Alternative positions

Effective height tolerance H7

120°

16 MIN

1.6

Ø3

Ø25 H7

Ø3

36 MIN

59 MIN

1.6

# • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5

ATTENTION: Owing to the sealing ring at the top of the cylinder, this cylinder can be repositioned several times without the sealing face at the front of the fixture being damaged. Ø23.5

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø25

M28x1.5

= =

Ø34

132

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 131 Clamping force diagram, see page 131

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

0.75

1.2

12/2016

SR10 FS/PS/cs SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force/Swing times

2,5

140

0,010

1,5

100 80 60

1,0

0,5

40 20

0,0 0

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Operating pressure (bar)

12/2016

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,008

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

120 2,0

Area not usable

0,006

0,004

0,002

0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

133

SR20.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

18 (4.5)

OIL

Ø4.8 MAX

33.5

1.6

Ø45

+0.2 -0

48.5

127.5 EXTENDED

Ø38

M6 15

Ø20

Taper 1:10

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

M45x1.5 VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 26.5

26.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

= =

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

B 6

134

G 1/4”

= =

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

12/2016

SR20.59 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

M18x1.5

OIL (4.5) 14

33.5 89.5

Ø45

26.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

26.5

28 30

G1/4”

6. 6

A 50

+0.2 -0

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø38

Ø44.8

12/2016

1.6

Ø20

97 208.5 EXTENDED

Taper 1:10

Cylinder with compensation system Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.76

4.9

10.4

28.9

135

SR20.1 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 15.5

15.5

B B

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A 1.6

M18x1.5 M6

Taper 1:10

Ø4 MAX 18

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

G1/8”

M45x1.5

11.5

G1/8”

= 30

= =

Stroke mm

= = =

136

Overload clutch as standard equipment Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

Ø6.5

OIL

(4.5)

Ø38

61.5

106

129 EXTENDED

Ø20

Ø4 MAX OIL

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

65 73

12/2016

SR20.0 CDB

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions

20°

Taper 1:10

Ø44

1.6

Ø5

M18x1.5

Ø45.5

(19.8)

Ø5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M45x1.5

51 MIN

: Unclamping

3x15°

10.5

: Clamping

3.5

Ø42 H7

Debur and round off any edges

(4)

Ø38

112

117 EXTENDED

Ø20

M45x1.5

B Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø24 Ø42 f7

Overload clutch as standard equipment Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

12/2016

Ø5 2

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

137

SR20.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

Ø32 H7

Taper 1:10

Ø2 MAX

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

118°

1.6

M30x1.5

Ø6

Ø28.5

Ø20

Debur and round off any edges

Ø33

112 EXTENDED

Ø6

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

M30x1.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

Ø28

== 6

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 143

138

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

1.01

4.15

1.4

5.8

12/2016

SR20.0 CS SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions

Ø32 H7

1.6 M30x1.5

Ø2 MAX

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

M18x1.5 Taper 1:10

Ø28.5

Ø6

118°

Ø6

Ø20

Ø33

132 EXTENDED

* **

Ø32

Alternative positions

In order to ensure correct cylinder operation in the long run, the vent hole must be provided with a vent pipe leading into an area that is free from fluids and chips. Debur and round off any edges

M30x1.5 Ø28

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Ø27.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

= = 6

= =

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 143

12/2016

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

1.01

1.4

139

SR20.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Taper 1:10

OIL

8 Ø20

Ø4.8 MAX

(4.5)

33.5

Ø38

+0.2 -0

Ø45

48.5

127.5 EXTENDED

1.6

* M45x1.5

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 26.5

26.5

= =

Overload clutch as standard equipment

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

140

G 1/4”

B Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

1.76

3.2

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

12/2016

SR20.1 PS SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 15.5

15.5

A B METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

* 15

M18x1.5

Ø4 MAX

(4.5)

Ø38

61.5

M45x1.5

11.5

G1/8”

= =

Overload clutch as standard equipment

Stroke mm

= =

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

Ø6.5

= =

Ø4 MAX

G1/8”

106

129 EXTENDED

Ø20

Taper 1:10

A 1.6

TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

1.76

3.2

= = 65

= = 69

12/2016

141

SR20.20 PS

OPTIMIZED 3-BALL-ROTATION AND REINFORCED RETURN SPRING: This swing clamp cylinder has been designed with a new 3-ball guiding system, the balls of which are arranged over a large diameter at an angle of 120Â° each. This solution enhances the mechanical resistance of the cylinder and makes it suitable for long operating times under extreme conditions, e.g. with clamp arms of high inertia. Thanks to the force distribution along three rotation paths positioned over a large diameter, the narrow rototranslational clearance is maintained in the long run. In addition, the cylinder has been equipped with a reinforced return spring system combined with a bearing to facilitate operation. This solution ensures reliable re-opening even with heavy clamp arms. The installation dimensions remained unchanged and correspond to the SR20.1 PS model, i.e. only the height of the open/closed clamp arm has been increased by some millimetres. Provided with an adequate clamp arm profile, these swing clamp cylinders are interchangeable.

142

12/2016

SR20.20 PS SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 15.5

15.5

* 15

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A 1.6

M18x1.5 Ø4 MAX

Ø4 MAX

Taper 1:10

Ø38

(6.5)

+0.1 0

Ø20

Ø45

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 142 Clamping force diagram, see page 142

G 1/8”

11.5

G 1/8”

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

83.5

131.5

154.5 EXTENDED

Ø6.5

Stroke mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

50 65

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

1.76

3.5

12/2016

143

SR20 SerieS

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE Effective clamping force SR20 FS/PS 8,0

7,0

140

7,0

6,0

120

5,0

100

4,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

100

200

300

400

F* 6,0 5,0 4,0

100

3,0 2,0

L 0

0,0

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

200

150

1,0

0,0

250

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

160

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

SR20 FD/PD/CDB

100

200

300

400

500

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. CLAMP ARM 01.20

CLAMP ARM 03.20 Ø66

41.5

1.6

3.2

Ø23.5

Taper 1:10 7.5

Ø20±0.05

= =

28 63

5x45°

10°

= =

10°

5x45°

Ø34

UPON REQUEST

= =

144

12/2016

SR20 SerieS

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE Effective clamping force SR20 CS 180

4,5

200

4,5

160

4,0

180

140

3,5

120

3,0

100

2,5 80 2,0

1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

160 140

3,0

120

2,5

100

2,0

1,5

0,5

0,0

80 60

1,0

500

3,5

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

4,0

Effective clamping force (kN)

5,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

SR20 CD

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. Swing times SR20 0,060

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,050

0,040

Area not usable

0,030

0,020

0,010

0,000 0 0,2 0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

12/2016

145

SR32.22 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

1x30° MAX

Ø5 MAX

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M28x1.5

OIL

Taper 1:10 45 27

11 11

(6)

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

A Ø32

149 EXTENDED

38 31

Ø9

Ø59.5 - 0.1

Cylinder with compensation system

G 1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 149 Clamping force diagram, see page 148

27 87

146

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.52

12.56

27.6

12/2016

SR32.22 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

Ø2 AIR

1x30° MAX

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12 B

C D

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

H No E G1/8”

B 47

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø2.90x1.78

G 1/8”

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

B 32

12/2016

147

SR32.35 FD DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

20 M28x1.5

OIL

M8 Ø5 MAX

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

MAX

1x30°

Taper 1:10 45 27

11 11

48 107

Ø32

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

(5)

174 EXTENDED

Ø9

Ø59.5 - 0.1

G 1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 149 Clamping force diagram, see page 148

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.52

12.56

15.8

148

12/2016

SR32.35 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE : Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

Ø2

AIR

1x30° MAX

A DIN913 M5X20

DIN912 M4X12

B C

A +0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

E G1/8”

B 47

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø2.90x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

G1/8”

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

12/2016

149

SR32.22 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions SR32.22 PD / SR32.35 PD

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M28x1.5

1.6

Taper 1:10 20

Ø5

G 1/4” 11

M60x1.5

Effective clamping force (kN)

4 92.5

70.5

Ø47

18,0

250

16,0 14,0 12,0

150

10,0 8,0

100

6,0 4,0

Ø8

300

400

0,900 0,800 0,700

NOTE: Please specify in your order whether the flange connections with O-ring (O at the end of the order no.) or the G1/4” ports (P at the end of the order no.) will be used. See page 38. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.02x2.62

Area not usable

0,600 0,500 0,400 0,300 0,100 0,000

150

200

the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

100

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using

95 5

0 500

0,0 Operating pressure (bar)

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

2,0 0

200

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

(5)

148.5 EXTENDED 119.5

Ø32

OIL

0,2

0,5

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.52

12.56

27.6

12/2016

SR32.35 PD DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

CLAMP ARM 01.32 Ø34 M4

M28x1.5

1.6

Taper 1:10

3.2

Taper 1:10

17.7

10°

17.7

22 (5)

Ø47

17.7

83.5

28.5 118.5

G 1/4”

CLAMP ARM 04.32 11

M60x1.5

105.5

174.5 EXTENDED

Ø32

145.5

R2 10°

Ø32±0.05

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

26°

14.1

Ø8

.2 90°

28.9 90

12/2016

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

39.1

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

4.52

12.56

15.8

151

SR40.61 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

1.6 Ø5 M10

OIL

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M35x1.5 40

Taper 1:10 +0.5 0

65 61

11 50 105

Ø40 37

Ø59.5 (6)

CLAMP ARM 01.40

Ø46 5

242.1 EXTENDED

Ø80

3.2 1.6

103.1

Ø11

Ø40±0.05

12x45° 60

10° 27.5

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings 4036 Ø9.12x3.53 Note: Order code, see page 38

30 140

27.5 110

G 1/4”

152

110

= =

12x45°

10°

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø79.8

Taper 1:10

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

7.06

19.63

43.1

119.7

12/2016

SR40.36 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M35x1.5

Taper 1:10 OIL

Ø5

G 1/4” 31

100

5,0

0,0 100

200

300

0 500

400

the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

12/2016

150

10,0

0,700 0,600 Area not usable

0,500 0,400 0,300 0,200 0,100 0,000

Note: Order code, see page 38

200

15,0

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using

250

20,0

Operating pressure (bar)

110 5 Ø1 3.

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

300

25,0

350

30,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

95 117

M80x2

Effective clamping force (kN)

(5) Ø59.5 158

192 EXTENDED

Ø40

M12

0,2

0,5

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

7.06

19.63

25.4

70.7

153

SR50.37 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

= =

1.6 30

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø8 MAX

M12

OIL

M45x1.5

Taper 1:10

+0.2

(7)

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) Ø89.8

55 125

B G 1/4”

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Cylinder with compensation system

Mounting hole

82 86

208 EXTENDED

Ø50

Ø90.3 - 0

Note: Order code, see page 38 Clamp arms, see page 155 Clamping force diagram, see page 154

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

11.54

31.17

42.7

115.3

129

154

12/2016

SR50.37 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

51 E

G 1/8”

Ø4 MAX

M12

AIR

DIN913 M8x40

DIN912 M5x16

15.6

C +0.2

Ø90.3 - 0

H No D

Mounting hole

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: F

B 54.

12/2016

155

SR50.37 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions SR50.37 PD/ SR50.62 PD

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M45x1.5

Taper 1:10 30

Ø6

Ø72

102

G 1/4”

124

M90x2

37.5

Effective clamping force (kN)

(7)

45,0

300

40,0

250

35,0

30,0

200

25,0

150

20,0 15,0

100

10,0

5,0 0,0

100

200

300

0 500

400

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

37.5

Ø50

168

208 EXTENDED

OIL

M14

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

115

Cylinder with compensation system Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M14x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Note: Order code, see page 38

156

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

125

2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 0,800 0,600 0,400 0,200 0,000

Area not usable

0,2

0,5

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

11.54

31.17

42.7

115.3

12/2016

SR50.62 pD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

CLAMP ARM 01.50

1.6

M45x1.5

3.2

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø56

Taper 1:10

27.9

(5)

27.9

R45

Ø72

27.9

218

27.9

129

39.5

137

45 182

G 1/4”

CLAMP ARM 04.50 11

M90x2

37.5

151

258 EXTENDED

Ø50

Ø50±0.05

125 5

115

54.

137

Cylinder with compensation system Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M14x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Note: Order code, see page 38

12/2016

19 20.4°

STROKE mm TOTAL

Swinging

Clamping

51 66.3

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Clamp.

Unclamp.

Clamp.

Unclamp.

11.54

31.17

71.5

193.2

157

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS

A Compensation system

VCS10 unclampimg control valve (upon request)

Metal wiper (upon request)

Flow control valve (upon request)

COMPENSATION SYSTEM LEVER CUP SPRING

PIN ELASTIC RING COMPENSATION DISK CLAMP ARM

158

12/2016

B. CYLINDER SWING SPEED CONTROL Flow control valve for the clamping process. All standard cylinders are prepared for retrofitting the flow control valve (accessory delivered upon request).

C. CYLINDER OPENING CONTROL FOR ROBOTIZED UNLOADING With link clamp cylinders equipped with the VCS clamp arm control valve (e.g. CG12.70 FDV), the opening position of the cylinder can be monitored, which gives maximum safety for robot-assisted workpiece loading/unloading. (see page 159)

12/2016

159

LINK CLAMP CYLINDER

CG SERIES

160

12/2016

LINK CLAMP CYLINDER

CG SERIES

CYLINDER TYPE

CG8.70

CG8.250 CG8.200 CG10.200 CG12.200 CG12.70

Threaded version

Cartridge

Yes

Upper flange

Yes

Double-acting version

Yes

Single-acting version (spring return)

18.5

20.5

4.15

1.13

1.54

3.14

4.91

3.65

0.63

1.04

2.35

3.78

7.7

2.1

2.2

9.1

10.1

Cylinder body type

Rod diameter (mm) Piston diameter (mm) Total cylinder stroke (mm) Piston clamping area (cm ) 2

Piston unclamping area (cm ) 2

Clamping oil volume (cm ) 3

Unclamping oil volume (cm )

6.8

1.2

1.5

3.8

7.8

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

200

Nominal clamping force (Kn) at maximum operating pressure*

2.2

6.8

2.5

CG 12.250

CG 16.200

CG 20.200

CGF 26.0

CGF 32.0

CGF 40.0

CGF 50.0

Threaded version

Yes

M32x1.5

M40x1.5

M50x1.5

Cartridge

Yes

Upper flange

Yes

Double-acting version

Yes

Single-acting version (spring return)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

24.5

Piston clamping area (cm2)

2.01

4.52

9.08

1.54

3.14

4.91

9.08

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

0.88

2.51

5.94

3.78

5.94

4.8

10.8

22.2

2.2

4.7

9.3

22.2

2.1

14.6

7.2

14.6

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

200

Nominal clamping force (Kn) at maximum operating pressure*

3.7

8.8

13.9

6.8

13.9

CYLINDER TYPE

Cylinder body type

Clamping oil volume (cm3) Unclamping oil volume (cm ) 3

12/2016

161

CLAMP ARM CLOSING/OPENING CONTROL SERIES CG

CLAMPED WORKPIECE

O PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE RELEASED/ INTERMEDIATE POSITION

X PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE UNCLAMPED

With link clamp cylinders equipped with a single integrated pneumatic supply channel, closing of the pneumatic line can only be ensured in the clamping and unclamping positions. The combined control of both hydraulic and pneumatic supply provides reliable monitoring of the clamp arm opening and closing positions, which gives maximum safety during robot-assisted unloading and perfect machining of the properly clamped workpiece. On the one hand, a combination of the pressure switch signal of the pneumatic supply line with the pressure switch signal of the hydraulic clamping line guarantees safe workpiece clamping and optimum machining conditions. On the other hand, combining the pressure switch signal of the pneumatic supply line with the pressure switch signal of the hydraulic unclamping line guarantees that the workpiece is unclamped and the cylinder is in open position, so that safe robotassisted unloading of the machined workpiece is ensured. In ALL intermediate positions, NO WORKPIECE POSITIONING OR MACHINING is enabled. This solution simplifies the fixture circuit and eliminates the second pneumatic supply line: when designing and implementing the fixtures, certain machining steps can be omitted without affecting the safety of the line.

PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

162

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

12/2016

CLAMP ARM CLOSING/OPENING CONTROL SERIES CG

With link clamp cylinders equipped with the VCS clamp arm control valve (e.g. CG12.70 FDV), the opening position of the cylinder can be monitored, which gives maximum safety for robot-assisted workpiece loading/unloading. Considering the cylinder type used, clamping of the workpiece can be monitored by the pressure switch of the hydraulic clamping line. With CG link clamp cylinders from HYDROBLOCK, clamping is ALWAYS performed using the large cylinder area and there is no risk of

accidental opening of the pressurized cylinder. On the other hand, pneumatic control of the CYLINDER OPEN position is of FUNDAMENTAL importance, as the difference in the CG cylinder areas does NOT ENSURE complete opening of the cylinder, i.e. when leakage or oil is detected between the hydraulic lines. If necessary, a second pneumatic line will be provided upon request in order to monitor also the closed clamp arm position/clamped workpiece state.

CLAMPED WORKPIECE

PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN

clamping

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED = CLAMPED WORKPIECE

FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE UNCLAMPED

PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED = CYLINDER OPEN UNCLAMPING FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

12/2016

163

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CG SERIES

CORRECT CLAMP ARM INSTALLATION

! X

ATTENTION: For special application requirements, it is also possible to use the clamp arm in a laterally off-set position relative to the cylinder. In this case, the operating pressures specified in the diagrams MUST be reduced. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information. L

Â°

The clamp arm should be dimensioned such as to ensure that it is arranged at right angles to the clamping point. In addition, the arm must be aligned in parallel to the surface of the clamped workpiece, as otherwise the manufacturing tolerances would be affected by undesired stress.

Improper use of the cylinder may lead to irreversible damage to the equipment.

164

12/2016

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CG SERIES

INSTALLATION ADVICE

If the workpiece needs to be clamped on an inclined surface, the cylinder must be installed at right angles to the surface.

If the cylinder is installed at a different angle, the clamping forces would produce reaction forces that could damage the cylinder.

L>l

L<l l

Please observe the clamping arm lengths and the fields of application specified in the catalogue. Whereas extremely long clamping arms could affect

12/2016

correct workpiece removal, very short clamping arms could lead to premature wear or damage to the cylinder.

165

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION The clamping force is determined by the clamp arm length and the operating pressure. The F clamping force can thus be calculated using the following formulas:

p•S 100

F= k l

•

[kN]

C•η

[kN]

k, l = Clamp arm dimensions [mm] p = Pressure [bar] S = Clamping area [cm2]

η = 0.9

As a function of the operating pressure, the clamp arm length l should be limited to a minimum value. This length must not be exceeded to avoid damage to the cylinder.

lmin =

k Rmax • 100 -1 p•S•η

[mm]

If the clamp arm dimensions are known, the maximum operating pressure is determined on the basis of the following formula:

padm =

Rmax • 100

(

S•η• 1+k l

)

[mm]

With single-acting cylinders, the Fm spring force must be deducted from the force generated by the cylinder:

166

12/2016

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS: EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

In this case, the following formulas must be used:

p•S 100

F= k l

•

[mm]

- Fm

C •η

[kN]

Fm = Spring force [kN]

k, l = Clamping arm dimensions [mm] p = Pressure [bar] S = Clamping area [cm2]

lmin =

padm =

k Rmax • 100 -1 p•S•η Rmax • 100

(

S•η• 1+k l

[mm]

)

The constants to be used in the above formulas are specified in the table below:

CG 8.70

CG 8.250

4.15

1.1

1.54

3.14

4.91

2.01

4.52

Max. operating pressure (bar)

250

200

250

Lever arm l (mm):

Lever length k (mm):

18.5

12.3

13.5

Performance η :

0.9

Reaction Rmax (kN):

5.2

7.4

11.1

Clamping area

S (cm2)

Spring force Fm (kN):

CG CG CG 8.200 10.200 12.200

CG 12.70

CG CG CG 12.250 16.200 20.200

CGF 26.0

CGF 32.0

CGF 40.0

CGF 50.0

9.08

1.54

3.14

4.9

200

16.5

23.5

12.5

13.5

0.9

15.6

6.3

8.8

11.2

17.5

7.4

11.1

15.6

17.5

0.34

0.40

0.82

The shorter the clamp arm, the longer the reaction time R. Depending on the pressure p, there is a minimum length lmin at which the Rmax limit value is reached. The cylinder-specific clamping force for different clamping arm lengths can be represented in a graph.

12/2016

167

CG SERIES DOUBLE ACTING

â&#x20AC;˘ EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force CG8.250

CG8.70 3,0

2,5 2,0 1,5

1,0

0,5

4,0

2,5 2,0 1,5

1,0

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Operating pressure (bar)

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

4,0 3,0

1,0

50 100 150 Operating pressure (bar)

6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0

2,0 1,0

8,0

Effective clamping force (kN)

4,5 4,0 3,5

2,0

,5 27

1,5 1,0 0,5

100

150

100

150

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

200

Operating pressure (bar)

250

3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5

1,0 0,5 0

200

7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0

3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

30 40

50 60

Operating pressure (bar)

CG16.200 9,0

2,5

CG20.200 Effective clamping force (kN)

CG12.250

3,0

1,0

Operating pressure (bar)

5,0

0,0 0

200

4,0

0,0

0,0 0

CG12.70 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

5,0

2,0

0,0

250

7,0

2,0

3,0

CG12.200

6,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

0,5

CG10.200

Effective clamping force (kN)

0,0

168

Effective clamping force (kN)

3,0

0,0

CG8.200

15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 0

100

150

200

Operating pressure (bar)

12/2016

CGF SERIES SINGLE ACTING

â&#x20AC;¢ EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force CGF26.0

CGF32.0 6,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

4,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

0,0

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0

200

CGF40S

7,0

7,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

50 100 150 Operating pressure (bar)

CGF40D 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0

2,0 1,0 0,0 0

100

150

6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0

100

150

Operating pressure (bar)

12/2016

150

200

CGF50S Effective clamping force (kN)

100

Operating pressure (bar)

CGF50D 15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 0

1,0 0,0 0

200

2,0

Operating pressure (bar)

Effective clamping force (kN)

1,0 0,0

250

200

15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

100

150

200

Operating pressure (bar)

169

CG SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

Ø6 F7

CLAMP ARM CG8.200 - CGF26.0

+0.1

13.5 1.6

1.6

Ø5.1 H7 15 +0.1

8 +0.05

= =

+0.1 +0.05

1.6

Ø4F7

15°

= =

5.5

CLAMP ARM CG10.200

15°

11.5

1.6

18 7

13.5

18.5±0.1

5.5

45°

18.5±0.1

Ø5.1 F7

= =

1.6

Ø5 F7

-0.02 -0.05

= =

-0.02 -0.05

1.6

+0.1

5 +0.05

= =

Ø6 F7

CLAMP ARM CG8.250 5 +0.05

CLAMP ARM CG8.70

1.6

14.3

2x45°

25.4

Ø5.1 H7 13.8

5.25 12.3±0.1

12 5

4.5

3.5x45°

20°

5°

+0.1

13.5±0.1

8 +0.05

CLAMP ARM CG12.200

1.6

+0.1

6 +0.05

1.6

Ø6 F7

10°

+0.1 +0.05

Ø6F7

10°

18.5

Ø6F7

CLAMP ARM CG12.70

1.6

19 Ø6 F7

170

6 12 30°

8.5

16.5±0.1 5.5

5.5

5x45°

20°

7 17±0.1

7.5

2x45°

52 37

12/2016

CG SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM CG12.250 FM/FD/CD

CLAMP ARM CG16.200

16 -0.02

1.6

+0.1

23.5±0.1

Ø8 F7

5x45°

15 - 0.05 ==

1.6

Ø8 F7

8 +0.05

Ø8 F7

Ø6 F7

1.6

° 45 4x

-0.05

+0.1

8 +0.05

22 21±0.1

CLAMP ARM CGF32

CLAMP ARM CGF40

25.5

8 45

1.6

+0.1

8 +0.05

1±0.1

1.6

Ø5.1 H7

+0.1

Ø5.1 H7

13.8

17±0.1

10 +0.05

45°

Ø6 F8

8 +0.05

18.5

1.6 19

CLAMP ARM CGF50

22.5

26.5

24±0.1

2.5±0.1

+0.1

13.5±0.1

+0 - 0.05

1.6

Ø6 F8

+0.1 +0.05

12 Ø10 E8

23 - 0.05

1.6

Ø10 E8

12/2016

171

CG8.70 DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

Installation dimensions 20°

Ø32 H7

. AX

M R1

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

64 45

16 +2.5 EXTRA

15.75 15.75

21.75

30.5

A Ø32 f7 26

18.5

6. Ø

31.5

Ø5

6.5

172

Debur and round off any edges

CYLINDER WITHOUT COMPENSATION SYSTEM If the clamp arm clearance needs to be compensated, please order the CG8.70V version with compensated clamp arm. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.70N).

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

4.25

5 5.

4.25

36.5

Stroke mm

14.75

◊ Piston contact surface

A Alternative positions

51.

5°

6 MIN.

22÷31

Ø4

M5 12

+0.3 +0.2

◊

30.5

1.5

: Unclamping

Ø4 MAX.

1.6

: Clamping

20 MIN. (H7)

Total

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.15

3.65

7.7

6.8

18.5

12/2016

CG8.70 V DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND PNEUMATIC VALVE FOR CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL

Installation dimensions

. AX

M R1

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 6 MIN.

A Alternative positions

5° 51.

Area of the pneumatic supply port of the cylinder

Bore for the pneumatic supply (example)

15.75 15.75

Ø4

16 34

+2.5 EXTRA

1.6

Ø4

◊

Ø32 H7 1.5

22÷31

30.5

+0.3 +0.2

20°

Ø4 MAX.

: Unclamping

1.6

: Clamping 20 MIN. (H7)

19.5 21.75

30.5

◊ Piston contact surface

A Ø32 f7

18.5

Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.70VN).

31.5

Ø5

* 5 5.

4.25

36.5

12/2016

4.25

Ø6

Debur and round off any edges

14.75

Pneumatic supply: The special channel integrated into the link clamp cylinder is designed for the most different supply connections. Only a simple supply bore must be provided at any position of the fixture for this purpose. In particular with extreme complex fixtures or supports it is recommended defining the position of the pneumatic line in the planning phase.

173

CG8.250 DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

Installation dimensions 20°

Ø20 H7

X A

Ø4 MAX.

5°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

51.

6 MIN.

Alternative positions

** 30.5

A Ø20 f7

18.5

9.75

6. Ø

31.5

Debur and round off any edges

CYLINDER WITHOUT COMPENSATION SYSTEM If the clamp arm clearance needs to be compensated, please order the CG8.250V version with compensated clamp arm. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.250N).

Stroke mm

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

4.25

31.5

Effective piston area

5 6. Ø 4.25

9.75

◊ Piston contact surface

21.75

16 34

+2.5 EXTRA

15.75 15.75

174

22÷31

◊

B 10

M5 12

+0.3 +0.2

30.5

Ø4

: Unclamping

1.5

1.6

: Clamping

20 MIN. (H7)

Total

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.13

0.63

2.1

1.2

18.5

12/2016

CG8.250 V DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND PNEUMATIC VALVE FOR CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL

Installation dimensions

20°

Ø20 H7

◊

X A

51.

5°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 6 MIN. M5

1.6 22÷31

Ø4 MAX.

30.5

+0.3 +0.2

20 MIN. (H7)

: Unclamping

Ø4

1.5

: Clamping

1.6

Alternative Bore positions for the pneumatic supply (example)

15.75 15.75

16 +2.5 EXTRA

Area of the pneumatic supply port of the cylinder

18 8

21.75

30.5

18.5

9.75

6. Ø

Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.250VN).

31.5

Ø5

.5 Ø5

31.5

4.25

* 5 6. Ø 4.25

Debur and round off any edges

Ø20 f7

9.75

◊ Piston contact surface

12/2016

Ø6

175

CG8.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

Installation dimensions

Ø26H8

A Ø23H8 Ø4

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

59 °

Ø5 17.45

12.3

MØ

12.5 12.5

43.8

65.9

33.9

+2 EXTRA

6.5 27.4

Ø23.5

30.5

16.5

◊

30°

Ø4

1x30°

0.02 A

+1 -1

: Unclamping

0°

1x3

: Clamping

1.6 1.6

◊ Piston contact surface

Ø26 f7

B 1

Piston retracted

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M4x12 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.200CDN).

Ø23 f7

32 16.5 12

15.5 12

12.5

Ø5

Stroke mm

Total

176

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.54

1.04

2.2

1.5

12/2016

CG10.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

Installation dimensions Ø31 H8

0.02 A

1.6

25.3

◊

1.6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

13.5

70 °

Ø5

22.5

+0.3 +0.2

30°

: Unclamping

18.9

1x30°

: Clamping

Ø5

Alternative positions

14.9

42.9

84.9

12.6 12.6

32.9

+2 EXTRA

Ø28.5

Ø31 f7

◊ Piston contact surface

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG10.200CDN).

Piston retracted

Ø28 f7

39 12.6

12.6 .5

14.9

Ø5

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Stroke mm

Total

12/2016

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

3.14

2.35

3.8

177

CG12.200 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions 30°

Ø42

0.02 A

Ø40H8 M6

52 -5

1.6

Ø5

◊

17 55

+4 -4

1.6 12

.7°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø37H8

66.6

53.5

Ø38 18.5

18.5

107.1

18.5

Ø8

+3 EXTRA

15.5

12.5

Ø5

Ø20 MAX

Ø40f7

53.5

◊ Piston contact surface

1 Piston retracted

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.200CDN).

A Ø37 f7

49 18.5

18.5

Ø7

Stroke mm 4x45°

Total

178

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

9.1

18.5

12/2016

CG12.250 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

2x3 0°

CD12.250 SCD ONLY

Ø2

33 MIN. 1.6

Ø30 H7

112

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SCD ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21 Ø30 f7 16

Debur and round off any edges

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250CDN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SCD). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SCDN).

Ø4 MAX.

106

21 +3 EXTRA

.7°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

23.5

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Total

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

BLOCC.

CLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

12/2016

179

CG12.250 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions CD12.250 SFD ONLY

Ø2

23.5

29 M6

106

21 +3 EXTRA

33 MIN

.7°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø30

112

Ø29.8

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250FDN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SFD). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SFDN).

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SFD ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21

Stroke mm

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Total

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

Ø 6.

Effective piston area

55 21

G1/8”

+0.5 0

180

12/2016

CG12.250 FM DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping 5

Installation dimensions CD12.250 SFM ONLY

6.5

+0.5 0

Ø2

Ø8 H7 23.5

1.6

+0.015 0

54 +0.015 0

12 6.5

+0.5 0

106

21 +3 EXTRA

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • Hydraulic plug connector Ø8x12. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

112

1.5

Ø8 H7

1.6

.7°

20°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø8H7 Ø29.8

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250FMN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SFM). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SFMN).

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SFM ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21 16

21 4.5

12/2016

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Total

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

B 181

CG12.70 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions +0.5

Ø39 +0.2 M5

1.6

34 MIN.

. AX

M R1

25 . AX

17.5

16.5

17.5

26.5

12.5

49.5

63.5

17.5 +3 EXTRA

33.5

19.5

Ø39 22.5

11÷15

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø5

G1/8” 5

182

69 °

19.5

17.5

M Ø4

17.5

A X.

Cylinder with compensation system If, for technical reasons, special clamps arms are manufactured in-house by the customer, HYDROBLOCK will be ready to mount these clamp arms to the cylinder free of charge (recommended solution) or to provide the mounting tool for the compensation system upon request. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.70FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDR). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm and without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDRN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 flow control valve (order no. CG12.70FDS).

12/2016

CG12.70 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions +0.5

Ø39 +0.2

AIR

Ø2

34 MIN.

1.6

. AX

M R1

24 25 24

. AX

17.5

A X.

61.7

17.5 44.2

17.5

M Ø4

Included in the scope of supply: • O-rings Ø3x1. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.70FDVN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDVR). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm and without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDVRN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 flow control valve (order no. CG12.70FDVS).

Stroke mm

12/2016

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

10.1

7.8

20.5

183

CG16.200 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions 23.6

Ø35.5

+0.2 0

1.6

A 23.6

. AX

11 11

18.5

.3°

8 4.

22 +2 EXTRA

13.5

A X.

126

13.5

93.5

Ø35 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø6

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG16.200FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 flow control valve (order no. CG16.200FDS).

25°

184

G1/ 8”

25°

9 R3

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

2.51

10.8

12/2016

CG16.200 FDV DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation dimensions

AIR

Ø2

+0.2

Ø35.5 0

1.6

A 27 27 23.6

. AX

18.5

13.5

A X.

13.5 64.5

18.5

Included in the scope of supply: • O-rings Ø3x1. Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG16.200FDVN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 flow control valve (order no. CG16.200FDVS).

Stroke mm

Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

2.51

10.8

185

CG20.200 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping CG20.200 FD (Venting CG20.200 FS)

Installation dimensions

+0.2

Ø49 0 MOUNTING HOLE

M8 1.6

Ø2 AIR

33.5 29.5

= =

27.5

33.5 29.5

X. MA

22 +2.5 EXTRA

108.4

96.5

75.5

96.5

27.5

.5°

.8 Ø4

13.5

171.5

23.5

Ø48.5 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (upon request) Ø9

34.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG20.200FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 flow control valve (order no. CG20.200FDS). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered in single-acting version (order no. CG20.200FS)

104

186

80.5

25°

G1/ 8”

25°

Stroke mm

B Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.08

5.94

22.2

14.6

24.5

12/2016

HYDRAULIC LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS

Hydraulic link clamps are extremely compact clamping cylinders that generate high clamping forces at low supply pressures. The special clamp arm motion facilitates workpiece loading and unloading and is particularly suited for operation in extremely restricted space conditions. Link clamp cylinders are available in single and double-acting version (except for the CGF32.0 that comes as a single-acting cylinder only). Thanks to the special profile of the cylinder body, it can also be supplied in a closed seat by means of the 1/8“-BSPP “A” port at the bottom. In the single-acting version, the upper “B” port is provided with an incorporated sintered filter

12/2016

designed to protect the cylinder chamber against the penetration of dust and chips. We recommend connecting a vent pipe that leads into an area that is free from fluids.

NOTE: Due to the large clamping surfaces and the substantial pressure losses in complex hydraulic circuits composed of numerous cylinders, it may take considerably longer time to unclamp single-acting cylinders or unclamping may not be possible at all. To ensure rapid and reliable operating cycles, we recommend using doubleacting link clamp cylinders for this type of application.

187

CGF26.0 SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Blind hole mounting

5.5

40±2

17.5

M26x1.5

(48) 19.5

6 3

31.1

1.5x30°

47.5

6.5

12 +2 EXTRA

11.5

12.8

1.6

26.1

12.3

28.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø36

93.6

Ø23H7

Through-hole mounting

5.5

Ø23 f7

M26x1.5

Ø36 11.5

G1/8”

M26x1.5

Ø3

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M26x1.5. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF26.0N)

188

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.54

2.2

12/2016

CGF32.0 SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

13.5

Blind hole mounting

22.5

53±2

10 5

(58)

M32x1.5

2x30°

118.9

Ø45

: Venting

37.9

13.5 +1.5 EXTRA

: Clamping

32.9

1.6

Ø28 f7

Ø28 H7

G1/8” Ø27

M32x1.5

Through-hole mounting

53±2

13.5

G1/8”

Ø3

Ø45

18 +0.5

Ø32 +0.2

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M32x1.5. Available upon request: A second M32x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF32.0N)

12/2016

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

3.14

4.7

189

CGF40.0 D

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation example

Ø58

45.5

73.2

16 +3 EXTRA

152.5

8.5

47.5

105

Ø46

M40x1.5

Ø37 f7

30°

Ø35.5

8” 1/

18.5

90°

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M40x1.5. Available upon request: A second M40x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45.

1/ 8”

190

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

9.3

7.2

12/2016

CGF40.0 S SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions

73.2 45.5

Ø58

16 +3 EXTRA

67.5±3

21.5

64 89

105

Ø46

1X30°

152.5

M40x1.5

(70)

(48.5)

8.5

47.5

M40x1.5

1.6

Ø37 f7 Ø37 H7

30°

G1/8”

Ø35.5

B 18.5

90°

8” 1/

1/ 8”

12/2016

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP

4.91

9.3

191

CGF50.0 D DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

Installation example

171

10.5

23.5

60.5

Ø70

22 +2.5 EXTRA

20.5

115

Ø69

M50x1.5

Ø46 f7

Ø45

G1/8”

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M50x1.5. Available upon request: A second M40x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

41° 69

8” 1/ G

192

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.08

5.94

22.2

14.6

24.5

12/2016

CGF50.0 S SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

Installation dimensions

80.5±3 93

22 +2.5 EXTRA

20.5

M50x1.5

171

2x20°

10.5

23.5

Ø70

(73)

: Venting

(50)

: Clamping

60.5

115

Ø69

Ø46 f7 30

Ø46 H7

1.6

M50x1.5

G1/8” Ø45

G1/8”

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M50x1.5. Available upon request: A second M50x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

41° 69

8” 1/ G

12/2016

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

9.08

22.2

24.5

193

PULL/PUSH CYLINDERS

Metal wiper (upon request)

Speed control valve (upon request)

Compensated guide system, highly precise and sturdy

The linear pull cylinders of the CT series are equipped with a clearance-compensating piston guide system designed to minimize wear. They are thus particularly suited for long operating times. When mounting the clamp arm or accessories to this cylinder type, the piston rod must be fixed in order not to expose the compensated guide system to uncontrolled forces, as this would lead to damage or malfunctions of the equipment.

194

12/2016

PULL/PUSH CYLINDERS

CT SERIES CYLINDER TYPE

CT16

CT22

CT28

CT35

Upper flange

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

500

Maximum pushing force (Kn) at 500 bar

22.1

44.4

77.9

116.5

Maximum pulling force (Kn) at 500 bar

12.3

25.8

47.4

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

4.52

9.07

15.9

23.8

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

2.51

5.27

9.75

14.1

Oil volume/pushing (cm3)

9.9

22.6

44.5

85.7

Oil volume/pulling (cm3)

5.5

13.2

27.3

50.8

Cylinder body type

Cartridge

* 12/2016

= Upon request

195

CT16.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

23.6

= =

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

oIL

Ø16

Ø4.8 max

Mounting hole

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

133 EXTENDED

Ø31

Ø7

Ø35

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

B 27

9 R3

= 58

196

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 45

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT16.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT16.0FDN)

Stroke mm

G 1/8”

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Retrac.

Exten.

Retrac.

Exten.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

12/2016

CT16.0 CD DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting Ø39 H8 Ø37.5H8 2

9.5

1.6 11

Ø3

30°

Ø36

21.5

30°

Ø36 H8

133 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø31

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8 Ø37.5 H8 2

1.6

30°

Ø35.5

= 37

= 30°

21.5

9.5

1.6 11

Ø36 H8

Ø3

3.2

Ø35

Ø6.5

1.6

20°

Ø3

73.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT16.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT16.0CDN).

Stroke mm

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 45 Total

12/2016

59.5

3.2

21.5

32 MIN

20°

Ø3

Ø16

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Retrac.

Exten.

Retrac

Exten.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

197

CT22.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection 28.7

= =

23.6

1.6

oIL

Ø22 METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M12

Ø4.8 max

143.6 EXTENDED

78.6

Mounting hole

13.5

Ø38

Ø7

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variant: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT22.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT22.0FDN) Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 69

44°

= =

G1 /8”

= =

+0.2

Ø49 -0

Stroke mm

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

= =

Total 73

198

Total oil volume

Effective piston area

12/2016

CT22.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting Ø22 M12 Ø52.5 H8

21.5

32 MIN

9.5

1.6

25 60.1

1.6

30°

Ø3

Ø38 Ø50

21.5

143.6 EXTENDED

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

30° Ø49.5 H8

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø7

30°

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6

2 11

1.6

B B

30°

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

= 19

Ø49

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 69

12/2016

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT22.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT22.0CDN)

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

199

CT28.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

35.6

29.2 = =

M8 1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

oIL

Ø28 M16

Ø4.8 max

Ø63.5

Mounting hole

+0.2 -0

158 EXTENDED

Ø43

Ø9

Ø63

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variants: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT28.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT28.0FDN)

46° = =

/8”

24 = =

55 = =

70 = =

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 91

Stroke mm

B 87

200

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

2 R5

55 = =

Effective piston area

Total

12/2016

CT28.0 CD DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting Ø28 Ø67 H8 Ø65.5 H8 2

21.5 32 MIN

9.5

67.5

M8 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

M16

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø64 H8

Ø3

30°

1.6

30°

158 EXTENDED

23.5

Ø43 Ø64

A B 90.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø67 H8

A Ø3

1.6

72 Ø9

30°

Ø3

Ø64 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6

32 Ø63

Ø65.5 H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

30°

Ø63.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 91

12/2016

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT28.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT28.0CDN)

Stroke mm

Total

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAZ.

RETRAC.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

201

CT35.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

Installation dimensions with O-ring connection

40.6

= =

35.6

B M10 1.6

oIL

A Ø35

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M20

Ø4.8 max

Ø75.5

102.5

Ø11

Ø75

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Mounting hole

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variants: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT35.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT35.0FDN)

= =

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 101 34°

G 1/ 4”

= =

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

R6 4

= =

108

202

+0.2 0

201.5 EXTENDED

Ø54.5

Total

12/2016

CT35.0 CD DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Installation dimensions Through-hole mounting Ø35

24.5 Ø4

Ø54.5 Ø76

3.2

30°

201.5 EXTENDED

35.5 MIN

1.6

2 12.5

26.5

3.2

A Ø4

Ø78 H8 M8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

M20

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø76 H8

A B

Ø76 H8

24.5

1.6 12.5

26.5

35.5

3.2

Ø4

Ø78 H8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

1.6

112.5

Blind hole mounting

1.6

Ø75 =

B 30°

115

Ø4

70 =

30°

Ø75.5

= =

30°

Ø11 88 =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 38 Example: CT35.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT35.0CDN)

Stroke mm

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 101 Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

203

LINEAR BLOCK CYLINDERS

204

12/2016

LINEAR BLOCK CYLINDERS CYLINDER TYPE

BS10

BS12

BS16

BS20

BS25

BS32

BS36

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

500

Maximum pushing force (Kn) at 500 bar

98.6

15.3

39.4

61.5

96.2

162.5

Maximum pulling force (Kn) at 500 bar

59.8

9.8

14.2

37.5

56.8

112.7

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

25 / 50

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

2.01

3.14

4.91

8.04

12.57

19.63

33.18

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

1.22

2.01

2.9

4.9

7.66

11.6

Oil volume/ pushing (cm3)

3.2

9.8

20.1 / 40.2

62.9

98.2

Oil volume /pulling (cm3)

3.2

5.8

12.3 / 24.5

38.3

57.5

In the standard version, linear BS block cylinders of HYDROBLOCK are not equipped with a piston rod guide system. For this reason, no particular measures are required when mounting accessories to this cylinder type. We recommend, however, fixing the piston rod when screwing in the mounting screw. NOTE: In addition, a stop should be provided on the mounting support behind the cylinder in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

12/2016

205

BS10.16 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

10 M6

1.6

Ø5 MAX

Ø7

OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

20.5

28.5

Ø10

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø9

Stroke mm

Total

206

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Pushing

Pulling

Pushing

Pulling

2.01

1.22

3.2

12/2016

BS12.16 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

Ø11

1.6

Ø5 MAX

Ø7

OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

54.5 30

7.5

17.5

24.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø12

Stroke mm

Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

3.14

2.01

3.2

207

BS16.20 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

M10

Ø8.5

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

== 50

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x60 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

G1/4”

Ø16

Ø15

Stroke mm

Total

208

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

4.91

2.9

9.8

5.8

12/2016

BS20.25 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

B M12

Ø10.5

27.5

G1/4”

1.6

Ø5 MAX

OIL

M10

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

== 10

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

9.9

Ø20

Ø19

Stroke mm

Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

20.1

12.3

209

BS20.50 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

15 55 Ø10.5

B X

A M12

27.5

1.6

OIL

Ø4 MAX OIL

M10

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

Ø19

100

110 50

Ø20

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x70 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.02x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

G1/4”

Stroke mm

Total

210

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

40.2

24.5

12/2016

BS20.50 F DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FRONT FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

M12

27.5

Ø20

55 8 75

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Installation dimensions

110

100

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø10.5

M10

Ø19

MAX Ø5

1.6

Stroke mm

OIL

Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

40.2

24.5

211

BS25.50 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH IN FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH FLANGED CONNECTION

M16

Ø10.5

1.6 31.5

Ø5 MAX

114

104

Included in the scope of supply:

G1/4”

• O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

OIL

M10

Ø24

Ø25

Stroke mm

TOTAL

212

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

12.57

7.66

62.9

38.3

12/2016

BS32.0 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

M20

100

1.6

M12

Ø12.5 80

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

A 65

G1/4”

101

115

Ø22

Ø32

Ø31

Stroke mm

Total

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

19.63

11.6

98.2

213

BS36.0 DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction

Installation dimensions

Ø17

= =

Ø34

: Extension

M18x1.5

= =

M16

125 = =

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws. 120

110

G1/4”

Ø22

Ø17 Ø36 100

= =

Stroke mm

TOTAL

214

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

33.18

57.5

12/2016

THREADED CYLINDERS

12/2016

215

THREADED CYLINDERS

216

12/2016

THREADED CYLINDERS

SERIES CF/CR

CYLINDER TYPE

CF22

CF30

CF40

CF48.20

CF12M26

CF12M32

CF16

Threaded type, projecting

M22x1.5

M30x1.5

M40x1.5

Threaded type, flush

M48x1.5

M26x1.5

M32x1.5

M40x1.5

Version with crowned piston rod A

Yes

Piston rod with threaded bore B

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

5 / 10

7 / 12

8 / 16

14 / 18

18 / 30

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

1.13

2.54

4.91

8.04

1.77

3.14

6.16

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

0.64

2.01

4.15

Oil volume/pushing (cm )

0.6 / 1.1

1.8 / 3.1

7.4

16.1

1.4 / 2.8

4.4 / 5.7

11.1 / 18.5

0.5 / 1

2.8 / 3.6

7.5 / 12.5

500

CF38

CF36E

CF48E

CR12

CR22

CR26

CR30

Threaded type, projecting

Threaded type, flush

M38x1.5

M36x1.5

M48x1.5

M12x1.5

M22x1.5

M26x1.5

M30x1.5

Version with crowned piston rod A

Yes

Piston rod with threaded bore B

Yes

Version with integrated adjustable pressure pad S

Rod diameter (mm)

19.05

31.75

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

3/4

23 / 32

5 / 10

10 / 25

Piston area/pushing (cm )

3.14

4.91

11.34

0.5

1.13

2.01

3.14

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

Oil volume/pushing (cm3)

0.9 / 1.3

11.3

26.1 / 36.3

0.25 / 0.5

1.1 / 2.8

2.4

4.7

500

400

Cylinder body type

Oil volume pulling (cm ) 3

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

CYLINDER TYPE

Cylinder body type

Piston diameter (mm)

Oil volume pulling (cm3) Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

12/2016

217

CF22 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

R20

Ø12

CF22.5 B

Ø20

21.2

0 - 0.1

1.5

7.2

21.2

Ø12

CF22.5 A

Ø20 - 0.1

M22x1.5

R20

Ø12

CF22.10 B 10

CF22.10 A

53 28.2

7.2

28.2

Ø12

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

M6 DEPTH =8

= =

M22x1.5

= =

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Stroke Cylinder mm

Ø20

218

+0.2 +0.1

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CF22.5

1.13

0.6

CF22.10

1.13

1.1

12/2016

CF30 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY

R25

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF30.7 B 7

CF30.7 A

Ø18

22.5

38.5

1.5

5.5

22.5

12.5

Ø18

1.5

Ø28 - 0.1

Ø28

M30x1.5

R25

M30x1.5

CF30.12 B 12

Ø18

CF30.12 A

+0 - 0.1

Ø28 - 0.1

= =

M8 DEPTH =11

= =

M30x1.5

= =

Ø28

1.5

5.5

35.5

Ø18

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M30x1.5

4 MAX

20 MIN

Ø18 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Effective

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

Stroke piston area Cylinder mm

Ø28

12/2016

+0.2 +0.1

CF30.7

2.54

1.8

CF30.12

2.54

3.1

219

CF40 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF40.15 A

CF40.15 B

R40

Ø25

0 - 0.1

Ø38

0 - 0.1

= =

M40x1.5

= =

Ø38

1.5

9.5

Ø25

M10 DEPTH =13

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø32xØ38x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M40x1.5

27 MIN

7 MAX

Ø25 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Cylinder

Ø38

220

+0.2 +0.1

CF40.15

Effective

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

4.91

7.4

Stroke piston area mm 15

12/2016

CF48 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF48.20 A

CF48.20 B

R50

Ø30

0 - 0.1

Ø46.5

0 - 0.1

M48x1.5

27 = =

41 = =

M48x1.5

Ø46.5

= =

118

108

Ø32

M12 DEPTH =13

Installation dimensions

M48x1.5 +0.2 +0.1

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

13 MAX

42 MIN

Ø46.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø38xØ46x2 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Ø32 MAX 3.2

Cylinder

Ø5

12/2016

CF48.20

Effective

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

8.04

16.1

Stroke piston area mm 20

221

CF12 DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF12.8 M26 : Extension

M26x1.5

: Retraction

Ø12

M26x1.5

Installation dimensions

1x 3 0°

B Ø23

Ø22

30°

Ø8 MAX

DEPTH =12

◊

Ø4

(35)

1.6

2.5

6.5

24.5±0.1 10.5

10.5

Ø4 MAX

Ø22 H7

30°

CF12.16 M26

Installation dimensions

M26x1.5

: Extension

: Retraction

Ø12 4

M26x1.5

A M6 DEPTH =12

222

0°

◊

(43)

10.5 32.5±0.1

23.5 MIN (Ø22 H7)

6.5

◊

30° Ø8 MAX

Ø22

Double-acting cylinders with flush threaded body are particularly suited for axial clamping of workpieces in restricted space conditions and offer high forces and unparalleled stability during clamping. All models are equipped with a wiper ring on the piston rod in the standard version. Special strokes are available upon request. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

1x3

1.6

2.5

Ø4 MAX

Ø23

A 1

10.5

33 MIN

10.5

Ø4 MAX

Ø22 H7

30°

Piston contact surface

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

1.77

0.64

1.4

0.5

1.77

0.64

2.8

12/2016

CF12 DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF12.14 M32

1.6

10.5

19 MIN

B Ø29

Ø3

40.5

31.5

10.5

2.5

10 Ø11 M32x1.5

Ø28 H7

30°

◊

Ø3

(43)

: Retraction

M32x1.5

32.5±0.1

Ø12

5.9 MIN

: Extension

1x 3 0°

Installation dimensions

30°

Ø28

Ø8 MAX

CF12.18 M32

Installation dimensions

Ø12

0°

36.5±0.1

(47)

10.5

1.6

Ø3

44.5

Ø29

◊

Ø3

35.5

B 5.9 MIN

19 MIN

2.5

M32x1.5

10.5

Ø11

Ø28 H7

1x3

30°

: Retraction

M32x1.5

: Extension

30°

Ø8 MAX

= =

Ø28

12/2016

◊

Piston contact surface

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

3.14

2.01

4.4

2.8

3.14

2.01

5.7

3.6

223

CF16 DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF16.18 M40

M40x1.5

Ø36

Ø4

◊

DEPTH =12

(47)

10.5

1.6 Ø4

2.5

Ø37

36.5±0.1

44.5

20 MIN (28 MAX)

M40x1.5

Ø36 H7

30°

Ø16

1x 3 0°

: Retraction

Ø15 7

: Extension

Installation dimensions

Ø10 MAX

CF16.30 M40

Installation dimensions

Ø15

Ø36

0°

(59)

48.5±0.1

10.5

1x3

Ø37

◊

Ø4

+0.025 0

2.5

Ø4

20 MIN (28 MAX) 56.5

M40x1.5

Ø36 H7

30°

1.6

Ø16

: Retraction

M40x1.5

: Extension

M8 DEPTH =12

Ø10 MAX

224

◊

Piston contact surface

Stroke mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

6.16

4.15

11.1

7.5

6.16

4.15

18.5

12.5

12/2016

CF38 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF38.3

9.3

3x20°

M38x1.5

Ø20

12.7 0.2

Ø5 MAX

(22.5)

+0.2 +0.1

22 MIN

9.3

0 -0.1

R80

0.5

Installation dimensions

Ø30

1.6

Ø8 MAX

M38x1.5

CF38.4

Ø30 H7

M38x1.5 Ø20 4

16 Ø30

Ø8 MAX

Ø30 H7

1.6

0.7

Ø5

25.7

(26.2)

+0.2 +0.1

26 MIN

0.5

0 - 0.1

R80

3x20°

Installation dimensions

M38x1.5

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. NOTE: • The CF38.3 cylinder featuring a stroke reduced by 3 mm can also be mounted in the seat of the CF38.4 model. • Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

3.14

0.9

3.14

1.3

Stroke mm

225

CF36 E23 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

= =

G36

70 90

97.5

Ø19

M36x1.5

* The G1/8“ plug cannot be used G 1/8”

= =

M8 DEPTH =8

Ø32

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Accessories (upon request): • Mounting ring M36x1.5, order no. G36

Stroke Cylinder mm CF36-E23

226

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

4.91

11.3

12/2016

CF48 E SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CF48 E32

Ø31.6

95.5 9

40 Ø44

G 1/8”

25.5

M48x1.5

16.5

9 G 1/8”

25.5

M48x1.5

121

131

* 16.5

95.5

23 105.5

Ø31.6

CF48 E23

M8 DEPTH =8

Ø44

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

The G1/8“ plug cannot be used

G48

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Accessories (upon request): • Mounting ring M48x1.5, order no. G48

Stroke Cylinder mm

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CF48-E23

11.34

26.1

CF48-E32

11.34

36.3

227

CR12 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY

CR12.5 A

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR12.5 B

Ø5

M12x1.5

Ø10

CR12.10 B 10

CR12.10 A

Ø10

Ø5

M12x1.5

Ø10

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø6xØ10x1 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Installation dimensions

3.2

20 MIN

4 MAX

M12x1.5

Stroke Cylinder mm

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CR12.5A

0.5

0.25

CR12.5B

0.5

0.25

CR12.10A

0.5

CR12.10B

0.5

Ø5

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

228

12/2016

CR22.10 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR22.10 B

R30

CR22.10 A

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

M22x1.5

M6 DEPTH =8

M22x1.5

1.5

Ø12

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Stroke Cylinder mm

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

12/2016

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CR22.10A

1.13

1.1

CR22.10B

1.13

1.1

229

CR22.25 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR22.25 A

CR22.25 B

R30

Ø12

79 70

Ø20 - 0.1

Ø20

M22x1.5

1.5

Ø12

0 - 0.1

M6 DEPTH =7

M22x1.5

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Stroke Cylinder mm

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

230

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CR22.25A

1.13

2.8

CR22.25B

1.13

2.8

12/2016

CR26.12 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR26.12 A

CR26.12 B

R40

Ø16

52 1.5

+0.1

Ø24 - 0.1

Ø24

M26x1.5

Installation dimensions

M26x1.5

7 MAX

27 MIN

Ø16 MAX

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • A version with integrated adjustable pressure pad is available upon request. (order no. CR26.12S) Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

Stroke Cylinder mm

+0.2

Ø24 +0.1

12/2016

M6 DEPTH =8

M26x1.5

3.2

0 - 0.1

1.5

44.5

Ø16

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CR26.12A

2.01

2.4

CR26.12B

2.01

2.4

231

CR30.15 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR30.15 A

CR30.15 B

CR30.15 S

Ø20

9° X MA

R40

Ø10

Ø20

1.5

0 - 0.1

Ø28 - 0.1

M30x1.5

M8 DEPTH =13

M30x1.5

Ø28

1.5

8 1.5

68.5

Ø20

Installation dimensions Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M30x1.5

4 MAX

20 MIN

Ø18 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

Stroke Cylinder mm

Ø28

232

+0.2 +0.1

Effective piston area

Total oil volume

Cm2

Cm3

CR30.15A

3.14

4.7

CR30.15B

3.14

4.7

12/2016

IR HYDRAULIC WORK

SUPPORTS

12/2016

233

IR HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

CYLINDER TYPE

IR12.250

IR16S

IR16.2

IR16.0

IR25.0

IR25.1

IR32

IR40

Threaded type

M22x1.5

M26X1.5

M30x1.5

M42x1.5

M50x1.5

Cartridge

Yes

Upper flange

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Normally extended (spring approach)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

4.5

6.5

9.7

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

350

400

Supporting force at 200 Bar (KN)*

1.6

1.8

5.9

10.5

13.5

14.5

SINGLE ACTING 500 BAR

Cylinder body type

CYLINDER TYPE

DOUBLE ACTING 500 BAR Cylinder body type

Threaded type

Cartridge

IRFP16 IR16.8 IR16.15 IR25.8 IR25.13 SD D/LD D/LD M26x1.5 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 M42x1.5 M42x1.5

CYLINDER TYPE

SINGLE ACTING 70 BAR Cylinder body type

IR10.70 IR12.70 IRFP15.70

Threaded type

M26X1.5

M30x1.5

M36x1.5

Cartridge

Upper flange

Lower flange

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Normally extended (spring approach)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

6.5

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

6.5

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

350

400

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

Supporting force at 200 Bar (KN)*

1.8/3

5.9

10.5

Supporting force at 70 Bar (KN)*

5.5

* = See corresponding diagram

234

12/2016

COMPARATIVE DIAGRAM WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK SUPPORTS AS A FUNCTION OF THE OPERATING PRESSURE Hydraulic work supports offer efficient workpiece support during machining and compensate vibrations and deflections of the workpiece. In addition, they align themselves to complex workpieces in clamping operations that require more than three clamping points. If the spherical pressure pad needs to be replaced for application-specific reasons, please contact HYDROBLOCK for technical details on the work support in question. NOTE: If a workpiece is clamped on the work support, the supporting force F must be at least twice as high as the clamping force generated by the clamping cylinder. We generally recommend operating work supports with high pressures in order to ensure efficient supporting capacity.

27.5

22.5

IR4

17.5

.13

17.5

5. 1-

15 IR

F - CLAMPING FORCE (kN)

12.5

12.5 5

5.0

.8D

F - IR

2 IRF

2.5

.0 F16

12/2016

2 F16.

6 FP1

7.5

- IR

15D 6SD P16. - IRF1 F R I S 6 DIRF1 16.8

6 FP1

- IR

0 .7 10

- IRF

2.5

.250

.8L

IR IRFP F1 15 2. .70 70

.15L

7.5

IRF12

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

0 500

P - PRESSURE (bar)

235

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Typical applications of hydraulic work supports: 1) Use as workpiece support during machining 2) Use as additional forth clamping point with upper clamp arm

O 1

Fb= 1/2Fa MAX. In standard supporting applications, the ratio between the work support force and the force exerted on the workpiece Fa/Fb should be 2:1. For applications with particularly extreme conditions, e.g. with high vibrations during machining, we recommend increasing the ratio to 3:1 or more. In any case, the force exerted on the workpiece MUST act coaxially to the pressure pad of the hydraulic work support.

236

12/2016

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

12/2016

237

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

If the cylinder is provided with a vent port, this opening must be PROTECTED against the penetration of pressurized emulsified water and/or chips. Small profiled tubes may be used for this purpose as they allow the cylinder to â&#x20AC;&#x153;breatheâ&#x20AC;?, which avoids the rising of fluids. The vent ports should not be provided in positions above the cylinder axis (fig. 1) as in the event of sudden rising of contaminated fluids inside the cylinder, the fluids would remain in the internal chambers and inevitably affect the functional properties.

O fig.1

Do not install the cylinders with the body being completely inserted in an excessively deep seat: the cavity would be filled with emulsified water and chips and the cylinder would be damaged by fluid absorption and/ or by chips being pressed against the rod wiper. If the cylinder partly remains outside the seat, the guiding system will be cleaned by the emulsified water flow. NOTE: In the case of immersed applications, the cylinder must be purged on a regular basis.

238

12/2016

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

max.

min.

1) Maximum distance to the workpiece: In this case, there is a minimum force exerted by the work support on the clamped workpiece. The correct function of the cylinder could be influenced by the operating environment and/or by contamination due to machining residues. This solution is particularly suitable for work supports used in applications where the cylinder is subjected to high forces during machining. 2) Minimum distance to the workpiece: In this case, there is a maximum force exerted by the work support on the clamped workpiece. The function is extremely reliable and affected to a minor extent only by the operating environment, contamination or chips. There is a strong contact with the workpiece so that the solution is particularly suitable as forth clamping point. The ideal position is below the clamp arm. A minimum ratio of 2:1 between the supporting force/cylinder clamping force should be observed.

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS The mounting instructions relative to the seats must be strictly observed in order to ensure perfect operation of the work supports, i.e. the venting channel must be clean and pneumatic pressurization must be ensured, where provided. The indicated work support force is the maximum axial force the cylinder can reliably generate repetitively in the long run. The cylinder must only be subjected to coaxial stress, as radial forces could affect correct positioning and operation of the work support. Any radial forces MUST be absorbed by the fixture. If the pressure pad needs to be replaced by a customized version, the installation dimensions indicated for the relevant work support must be strictly observed. Make sure that the tailor-made pressure pad does NOT exceed the weight of the original pressure pad by more than 100% in order not to jeopardize the correct operation of the work support and to ensure proper approach to the workpiece.

12/2016

XÂ°

239

IR HYDRAULIC

WORK SUPPORTS

MOUNTING: The hydraulic circuit must be properly purged and vented to ensure smooth operation of the work supports. Slightly pressurize the system for this purpose. If possible, venting can be performed more easily and rapidly by using the bleed screws provided at the top of the fixture or close to the hydraulic line ends. SUPPLY: Make sure that the supply flow is below the maximum admissible flow rate to achieve perfect operation of the hydraulic work supports. Excessively high flow rates will cause irregular function of the supporting bolts, i.e. they will be blocked prior to reaching the maximum stroke or they are approached too fast. The workpiece can thus not be reliably supported and may be deformed. VENTING (IF PROVIDED): The cylinder will only operate correctly if the pneumatic line is free and protected against the penetration of fluids, dirt and chips. IR work supports generate a pressure increase in the inside during operation. If no proper venting is ensured, fluids, dust and chips may be sucked in. We recommend pressurizing the cylinder chamber with filtered air at a low pressure (max. 0.2/0.3Â bar) to achieve smooth operation of the work supports. NOTE: When the cylinder is pressurized, the approach force of the bolts and the workpiece deformation will increase. To minimize the deformation forces, a soft approach spring should be used for pressurizing.

Venting (type-specific)

THRUST PAD: All work supports are delivered with a pressure pad with spherical tip. If necessary, the pressure pads can be replaced, provided the technical specifications in the catalogue are observed. Pressure pads should feature minimum dimensions and weight to avoid cylinder malfunction and undesired workpiece deformation. Customized work supports can be delivered for pressure pads with special dimensions and weight. NEVER USE the cylinders without thrust pad on the workpiece: fluids, dust or chips may penetrate into the cylinder and lead to substantial damage.

240

12/2016

HIGH PRESSURE CYLINDER IN M-VERSION (WITH MECHANICAL APPROACH))

Operating mode in P-version: In rest position, the supporting bolt is RETRACTED. When the hydraulic supply is switched on, the supporting bolt is extended until it reaches the clamped workpiece. The approach to the workpiece is performed by a spring that can be delivered with different spring forces for certain models. It must be observed that the approach force of the supporting bolt IS NOT constant throughout the cylinder stroke, but decreases as a function of the approach stroke. With a very short approach stroke, the maximum force of the approach spring will be exerted on the workpiece. Vice versa, the clamped workpiece will be subjected to minimum spring approach forces in the case of a maximum approach stroke. Operating mode in D-version: DOUBLE-ACTING work supports are available for special applications in hydraulic circuits with high counter-pressures, which involve substantially longer times required for retracting single-acting cylinders or make retraction almost impossible. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information.

12/2016

MAXIMUM EXTENSION

REST POSITION

MAXIMUM EXTENSION

STROKE

REST POSITION

STROKE

CYLINDER IN P-VERSION (WITH HYDRAULIC APPROACH)

Operating mode in M-version: In rest position, the supporting bolt is extended. The weight of the workpiece or the force generated by the clamp arm press the supporting bolt into clamping position. As soon as the hydraulic supply is activated, the supporting bolt is fixed in its position. Contact with the workpiece is achieved by a spring that can be delivered with different spring forces for certain models. It must be observed that the thrust of the vibrationdampening supporting bolt IS NOT constant throughout the cylinder stroke, but decreases as a function of the bolt retraction. With a very short retraction stroke of the supporting bolt, a minimum spring force is exerted on the clamped workpiece. Vice versa, the clamped workpiece will be subjected to the maximum approach spring force in the case of a maximum retraction stroke.

241

MOUNTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS SERIES IRF Before mounting IRF/IRC work supports, make sure that all preparations of the seat have been made in compliance with the technical catalogue. Insert the delivered O-ring/sealing ring up to the bottom into the seat or place it in the groove provided at the cylinder. Then tighten the cylinder with the specified torque using a socket wrench or a ring spanner. Do not use open-end wrenches for this purpose as they could damage the work support. Flow control valves must be used for circuits with high flow rates. TIGHTENING TORQUES: • M26X1,5 = 30Nm (IRF 10.70) • M26X1,5 = 45Nm (IRF 16S) • M30X1,5 = 50Nm (IRF 12.70) • M30X1,5 = 60Nm (IRF 16/IRF 16.2) • M42X1,5 = 65Nm • M50X1,5 = 80Nm NOTE: We recommend using two wrenches when replacing the pressure pad of IRF/IRC work supports, i.e. one for fixing the piston rod and one for loosening the pressure pad from the cylinder and in particular for tightening it. Do not work on the pressure pad when the work support is pressurized and the piston rod is fixed by the elastic sleeve as this could affect the operation of the cylinder.

IRF10.70

IRF12.70

IRF15.70

12 8

242

12/2016

MOUNTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS SERIES IRF IRF12.250

IRF16 S/SD

IRF16.0/16.2 17

IRF16.8/16.15 17

IRFP25.8/25.13

IRF25.0/25.1

IR32.0 24

24 19

12/2016

243

IR SINGLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

B Special wiper in polyurethane (upon request in FKM) Metal wiper (standard or optional equipment depending on work support type)

All models with self-cleaning spiral-shaped groove

A Special profile at the sleeve bottom for enhanced cylinder strength and longer service life

Large effective areas supporting high loads with high stability during machining

Copper washer or O-ring depending on work support type

All models with hexagon socket

244

12/2016

HIGH PRESSURE

CALIBRATED AND SELF-CLEANING ELASTIC SLEEVE

The supporting bolt is fixed by a special calibrated elastic sleeve that features thin walls. With increasing hydraulic pressure, the cylindrical sleeve is deformed until it adheres to the cylinder bolt and produces a clamping force that is proportional to the applied pressure. The bolt is thus firmly fixed by friction. When the clamping pressure decreases again, the sleeve assumes its original shape and the bolt is released.

WIPER

Clean and smoothly running bolts are a fundamental prerequisite for perfect operation of the work supports. This is why the body is equipped with special low-friction wipers with lip profile. Work supports with metal wipers are available for extreme operating conditions to protect the lip profile and to ensure a long service life of the cylinder. METAL WIPER

12/2016

STANDARD WIPER

245

IRFP 12.250 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

4.8 5.2

5.5

2.8

4.5

R24

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

42.7

Ø5

Ø20

Ø12

M22x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Supporting force (kN)

3,0

Installation dimensions

2,5 4

2,0 1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0

M22x1.5

Deflection (μm)

1.5

6.5

0 0

100

150

200

250

Operating pressure (bar)

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

1.6

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

246

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 12.250 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

5.2

4.8

4.5

2.8

R24

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

5.5 38

47.2

51.5

Ø15

Ø20

Ø12

M22x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Supporting force (kN)

3,0

Installation dimensions

2,5 4

2,0 1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0

M22x1.5

Deflection (μm)

1.5

6.5

0 0

100

150

200

250

Operating pressure (bar)

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

1.6

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

12/2016

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

247

IRFP 16S HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

6.5

3.5

R30

6.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R30

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

M10x1.5

1.5

Ø6.3

Ø24 Ø16 M26x1.5

Installation dimensions

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0

20 MIN

8 MAX

3.2

Ø14 MAX

248

100

150

200

250

300

350

Operating pressure (bar)

M26x1.5

Ø24.5

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 16S HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

6.5

3.5

R30

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

M10x1.5

1.5

61.5

56.5

Ø6.3

Ø24 Ø16 M26x1.5

Installation dimensions

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0

20 MIN

8 MAX

3.2

Ø14 MAX

12/2016

100

150

200

250

300

350

Operating pressure (bar)

M26x1.5

Ø24.5

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

249

IRFP 16.2 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

4.6

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø6.3

66.5

61.9

41.8

54.9

5.1

9.7

R30

M10

Ø28 Ø16 M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

6,0

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

250

5,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.2L) Included in the scope of supply: • Metric O-rings Ø23.5x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 16.2 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

9.7

R30

4.6

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

71.6

Ø6.3 41.8

54.9

76.2

5.1

Ø16

M10

Ø28

Ø16

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

6,0

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

12/2016

5,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.2L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø 23.5x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

251

IRFP 16.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

9.5

R30

M10

71.5

Ø6.3

1.5

Ø16 Ø28

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

30 35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

252

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

M30x1.5

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 16.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø6.3 M10

79.5

9.5

R30

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

1.5

Ø16 Ø28

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

12/2016

Supporting force (kN)

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Deflection (μm)

M30x1.5

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized .

253

IRFP 25.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

Installation dimensions

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

254

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø18x3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 25.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

Installation dimensions

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 12/2016

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFM25.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø9.92x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

255

IRFP 25.1 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

116

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

Installation dimensions

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 256

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø18x3 mm Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 25.1 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

129

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

Installation dimensions

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deflection (μm)

= =

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 12/2016

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø9.92x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

257

IRFP 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

117

(74)

M16

Ø32 M50x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

M50x1.5

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

40,0

100

200

300

400

40 MIN

11 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø48.5)

Ø14 MAX Ø2 17

* 258

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø25.07x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

129

(74)

M16

Ø32 M50x1.5

Installation dimensions

Supporting force (kN)

= =

40,0 35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

M50x1.5

100

200

300

400

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

40 MIN

11 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø48.5)

Ø14 MAX Ø2 17

* 12/2016

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø15.08x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

259

IRCP 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH CARTRIDGE BODY

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

10.7

M16

123

Ø32

102

Ø58

Ø56

Installation dimensions IRCP 32/ IRCM 32

Through-hole mounting

2.5

30°

Ø3

Ø54.8 1.6

23 MIN

1.6

11.5

20°

Ø58 H8

Ø56 H8

Ø7

Blind hole mounting 20°

30°

== ==

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

260

11.5 1.6

3.2

Ø56 H8

1.6

2.5

Ø58 H8

30° +0.1

Ø55.3 +0

Ø2

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

12/2016

IRCM 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH CARTRIDGE BODY

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

10.7

135

M16

102

Ø58

Ø56

Ø32

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø54.8

40,0

30,0

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deflection (μm)

= =

Ø7

Supporting force (kN)

35,0

25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar) 49

== 60

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

NOTE: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N

261

IRFLP 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

Installation dimensions

Ø5

OIL

+0.5 0

57.7

R50

G1/4”

Ø60

133.7

2x45°

M16

Ø32

+0 - 0.1

* 63 24

Ø59.8

50.5

34.5 85

262

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips. Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø 4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFLM 32.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M16

Ø32

69.7

G1/4”

B B A A

2x45°

145.7

0 - 0.1

50.5

34.5 85

12/2016

35,0

30,0

80 70

25,0

20,0

15,0

40 30

10,0

5,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

263

Deflection (μm)

63 = = 24

24 = =

41 = =

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø59.8

IRPLP 40.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH LOWER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø40

M12

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø40

G1/4”

Supporting force (kN)

85x85

Ø9

68 85

264

A version with A1 port at the bottom of the flange is available upon request (order no. IRPLP40.1). In this case, the A port is closed by means of a plug.

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* M8

50,0 45,0 40,0 35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

Deflection (μm)

G1/4”

B 10 MAX

G1/8”

111

115

M78x2

The B port is delivered with a sintered integrated filter in the standard version. Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 60÷90 N Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x35 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRPLM 40.0 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH LOWER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

Ø40

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

Ø40

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

10 MAX

85x85 = =

68 = = 85 = =

12/2016

A version with A1 port at the bottom of the flange is available upon request (order no. IRFL40.1). In this case, the A port is closed by means of a plug.

60 50 40 30 20 10 100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* M

68 = =

Ø9

85 = =

36 = =

50,0 45,0 40,0 35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

Deflection (μm)

G1/4”

Supporting force (kN)

G1/4”

G1/8”

111

133

M78x2

265

IR PRESSURIZED

WORK SUPPORTS

The new pressurized work support has been developed for applications in which commercial standard work supports reach their limits. This new model is available with hydraulic approach and in normally extended version, with the function being identical with standard work supports. The additional pneumatic line allows the correctly clamped work support to be pressurized and thus protects the internal mechanics against environmental influences. When the cylinder is clamped and pressurized, it is protected against cooling lubricants directed onto the rod. This model can also be flush-mounted and remains fully operative even when immersed in chips or cooling lubricants. To ensure correct use, the work support must be pressurized after clamping. If the cylinder is supplied with compressed air

266

before, extremely sensitive workpieces may be deformed as the rod would act as a pneumatic piston. Only with a compressed air supply of very low pressure ranging between 0.1 and 0.2 bar, will the workpiece deformation be so small that it can be neglected in most cases. After â&#x20AC;&#x153;normalâ&#x20AC;&#x153; clamping, however, the work support can be pressurized with substantially higher pressure values that correspond to the usual compressed air mains. ATTENTION: Upon completion of the working cycle, the pneumatic supply must be interrupted before the hydraulic work support is unclamped. UPON REQUEST THE OTHER HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT SIZES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE IN A PRESSURIZED VERSION.

12/2016

O For certain applications where the correct function of hydraulic work supports cannot be guaranteed, the new pressurized IRF offers a highly efficient solution for classical application problems encountered with conventional work supports. This new model can be immersed in cooling lubricant or directly exposed to the cooling lubricant flow to ensure efficient chip removal, without affecting the proper function over a long period of operation.

12/2016

267

IRFP 16.10A PRESSURIZED WORK SUPPORTS WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

4.6

R30

Ø6.3

75.6

M10

1.3

Ø16 Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 24

Installation dimensions

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

* 268

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

5,0 15

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

M30x1.5

6,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

100

200 300 400 Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.10AL) Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø14x1.78 • O-ring Ø23.52x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

12/2016

IRFM 16.10A PRESSURIZED WORK SUPPORTS WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

4.6

R30

Ø6.3

1.3

85.6

M10

Ø16

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 24

Installation dimensions

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

* 12/2016

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

5,0 15

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

M30x1.5

6,0

100

200 300 400 Operating pressure (bar)

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

0 500

269

IR DOUBLE-ACTING

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

270

12/2016

IR DOUBLE-ACTING

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

12/2016

271

RELEASED WORKPIECE

SUPPORTED WORKPIECE

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

O A

EXTENSION + CLAMPING

O B

Retraction

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

The IRFP double-acting hydraulic work supports have been developed to ensure safe and reliable return of the cylinder into rest position. With conventional single-acting work supports, only a return spring is used to move the rod back into the retracted rest position. In the event of back-pressures in the supply line, returning into rest position CANNOT be guaranteed with single-acting work supports as even when the cylinder is unclamped, the rod may remain still partially or even completely extended. Doubleacting work supports are designed to exclude this risk. Their function is similar to that of the singleacting version, i.e. the approach to the machined workpiece and the clamping of the workpiece in the

272

correct position are ensured by the supply of the hydraulic clamping line A, while the counter line B remains unpressurized. Once the machining cycle is completed, however, the supply of double-acting hydraulic work supports is simply inverted (line B is pressurized and line A remains unpressurized) to ensure complete and reliable retraction of the rod and to provide unhindered access to the workpiece loading/ unloading position. The enable signal of the hydraulic pressure switch on line B confirms that the retraction position is reached and guarantees perfect conditions for the subsequent loading/unloading operations.

12/2016

IRFP 16sD HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

3.5

6.5

R30

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

M10x1.5

26.5

1.5

53.5

Ø6.3

B Ø20 f7

Ø16

M26x1.5

0.04

M26x1.5

Ø20 H7

20°

Supporting force (kN)

Installation dimensions

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0

100 150 200 250 Operating pressure (bar)

300

350

12/2016

1.5

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N

Ø4 MAX

R 1

Ø4 MAX

1.6

24 MIN H7

1.6

20 MIN

0.04

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø5

A Debur and round off any edges

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø20.5xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Alternative positions

273

IRFP 16.8D HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction

6 9.5

5.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R30

UPON REQUEST ORDER CODE IRFP16DK (SIMILAR TO IRFP16.0)

STANDARD

Ø6.3

Ø6.3 M10

99.5

54.5

71.5

M10

: Extension + Clamping R30

Ø16

1.5

Ø16

B Ø22f7 M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions M30x1.5

0.04 A

24 MIN 26.5

9 Ø4

B Ø5

3,0

2,0 5

1,0 100

200

300

400

500

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø3

1.5

1.6

24 MIN H7

29.5

1.6

4,0

0.04 A

5,0

0,0

Ø22H7 20°

6,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

7,0

Alternative positions

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.8DL) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: The cylinder is also available with thin pressure pad h=6mm (see IRFP16.8DK)

Debur and round off any edges

274

12/2016

IRFP 16.8LD HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

7 8

Ø6.3

64.5

81.5

Ø6.3 M10

M10

109.5

9.5

5.5

R30

UPON REQUEST ORDER CODE IRFP16LDK (SIMILAR TO IRFP16.0)

STANDARD

: Extension + Clamping R30

Ø16

1.5

Ø16

B Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

0.04 A

B Ø5

26.5

9 Ø4

Ø3

1.5

1.6

24 MIN H7

29.5

1.6

30 35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

24 MIN

20°

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Alternative positions

Debur and round off any edges

12/2016

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M30x1.5

275

IRFP 16.15D HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction IRFP16.15D / IRFP 16.15LD

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

61.5

77.5

R30

111

Ø6.3

33.5

11.5

1.5

M10

B Ø16

Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

M30x1.5

Installation dimensions M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

Ø4

B Ø5

3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.5

1.6

Ø3

14.5

29.5 MIN H7

1.6

4,0

0,0

0.04 A

5,0

24 MIN

20°

6,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

7,0

Alternative positions

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷22 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Debur and round off any edges

276

12/2016

IRFP 16.15LD HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

IRFP16.15D / IRFP 16.15LD

R30

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

10 71.5

121

87.5

Ø6.3

Ø16

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø22f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M30x1.5

Installation dimensions M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

0.04 A

Ø4

B Ø5

35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.5

1.6

14.5

Ø3

29.5 MIN H7

1.6

24 MIN

20°

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Alternative positions

Debur and round off any edges

12/2016

Deflection (μm)

33.5

11.5

1.5

M10

277

IRFP 25.8D HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

70.5

110.5

82.5

6 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

6.5 12

1.5

Ø25

B Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø24f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

16,0

Installation dimensions

Ø24H7

1.5 Ø5

278

100

200

300

400

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø33.5xØ40x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Ø5 MAX

B Ø22H7

2,0

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.8DL)

1.6

15.5

30°

6,0 4,0

40 MIN.

30°

1.6

8 MAX

12.5

Ø5 MAX

0.04

26 MIN tolerance H7

1.6

8,0

10,0

Operating pressure (bar)

0.02

12,0

0,0

M42x1.5

11.5 MIN tolerance H7

0.04

14,0

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deflection (μm)

M42x1.5

Alternative positions 12/2016

IRFP 25.13D HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

8 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

147.5

108

M12

39.5

14.5

1.5

Ø25

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø22f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M42x1.5

Installation dimensions

1.6

1.5

1.6

Ø4

16±3

30°

Ø22H7

Ø4

B Ø5

12/2016

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

30°

Ø24H7

10.5 MIN tolerance H7

A 0.04

34 MIN tolerance H7

1.6

60 20,0

40 MIN.

A 0.02

25,0

0,0

M42x1.5

8 MAX.

0.04

30,0

Deflection (μm)

Ø24f7

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø33.5xØ40x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Alternative positions

279

IR HYDRAULIC

WORK SUPPORTS C

Pneumatic catch sensor controls the workpiece contact (upon request)

Special wiper made in polyurethane (upon request in fkm)

METAL WIPER integrated into the cylinder protects the internal wiper against sparkler chips and aggressive cooling lubricants. An efficient function of the wiper lip ensures perfect operation of the cylinder over time.

A Hydraulic port

B Pneumatic port

280

12/2016

LOW PRESSURE

A. HYDRAULIC SUPPLY The hydraulic circuit must be properly purged to ensure smooth operation of the hydraulic work supports. In addition, the supply flow must be below the maximum admissible flow rate specified for the component. IRF 70 work supports are rated for medium hydraulic pressures (max. 70 bar). Excessively high pressure would cause damage to the mechanical parts inside the cylinder. Hydraulic circuits with an excessively high residual pressure or with too high supply flows may involve irregular cylinder operation.

B. PNEUMATIC SUPPLY The cylinder will only operate correctly if the pneumatic line is free and protected against the penetration of fluids, dirt and chips. We recommend pressurizing the cylinder chamber with filtered air at a low pressure (max. 0.2/0.3 bar) to achieve smooth operation of the work supports. The pneumatic line also allows a pressure pad with calibrated bore to be installed, which â&#x20AC;&#x201C; when in contact with the workpiece - will ensure correct approach and cylinder clamping in working position through the pressure switch (pneumatic control).

C. PNEUMATIC CONTROL

(upon request)

CYLINDER IN CORRECT POSITION

CYLINDER NOT IN OPERATION

X AIR

12/2016

281

IRFP 10.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

6.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 8

R15

Ø4.5 5

0.5

1.6

0.5

R0 .2

57.5

Ø3.8

Ø6.5

8.5

1.6

Ø10 Ø24.3 M26x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

1,5 1,0

0,5

5 0 10

1.6

Ø2.5 MAX

9.5

16 MIN

7 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø8 MAX

282

2,0

Ø24.5

2,5

0,0

M26x1.5

3,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

3,5

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 16÷12 N • Upon request 10÷15 (order no. IRFP10.70S) • Upon request 14÷25 (order no. IRFP10.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø22x1.3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

12/2016

IRFM 10.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 8

Ø4.5 7

R0 .2

0.5

1.6

R15

6.5

72.5

Ø3.8

57.5

Ø6.5

8.5

1.6

Ø10

Ø24.3

M26x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Installation dimensions

1,5 1,0

0,5

5 0 10

1.6

Ø2.5 MAX

9.5

16 MIN

7 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø8 MAX

12/2016

2,0

Ø24.5

2,5

0,0

M26x1.5

3,0

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

3,5

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 16÷12 N • Upon request 10÷15 (order no. IRFM10.70S) • Upon request 14÷25 (order no. IRFM10.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø22x1.3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

283

IRFP 12.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø6 R1

Ø5

Ø8.3

1.6

73.5

0.7

R15

Ø12

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 4,5 Supporting force (kN)

Installation dimensions

3,5

3,0 15

2,5 2,0

1,5 1,0

0,5 0

0,0 0

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

284

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

Operating pressure (bar)

M30x1.5

Deflection (μm)

4,0

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷16 N • Upon request 14÷20 (order no. IRFP12.70S) • Upon request 20÷40 (order no. IRFP12.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø14x1.78 • O-Ring Ø25.12x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

12/2016

IRFM 12.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

10 10

R15

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

13 9

8 Ø12

1.6

Ø5

Ø8.3

81.5

0.7

Ø6 R1

Ø12

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 4,5 Supporting force (kN)

Installation dimensions

3,5

3,0 15

2,5 2,0

1,5 1,0

0,5 0

0,0 0

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

12/2016

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

Operating pressure (bar)

M30x1.5

Deflection (μm)

4,0

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷16 N • Upon request 14÷20 (order no. IRFM12.70S) • Upon request 20÷40 (order no. IRFM12.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø14x1.78 • O-Ring Ø25.12x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

285

IRFP 15.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

1.9

Ø15

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R30

Ø7.8

Ø5

Ø10

1.9

57.5

M10

9.4

Ø15

Ø34.2 M36x1.5

Supporting force (kN)

Installation dimensions

6,0 5,5 5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

35 30 25 20 15 10

Deflection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

5 0

Operating pressure (bar)

9 MAX

20 MIN

M36x1.5

1.6

Ø34.5

Ø10 MAX Ø3 MAX

* 286

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 5÷8 N • Upon request 6÷11 (order no. IRFP15.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø31.42x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

12/2016

IRFM 15.70 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR 13 12 METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

1.9

R30

Ø15

Ø7.8

Ø5

57.5

M10

9.4

1.9

Ø10

Ø15

Ø34.2

M36x1.5

Installation dimensions

6,0 5,5 5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

35 30 25 20 15 10

Deflection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

5 0

Operating pressure (bar)

9 MAX

20 MIN

M36x1.5

1.6

Ø34.5

Ø10 MAX Ø3 MAX

* 12/2016

Note: The maximum admissible flow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 5÷8 N • Upon request 6÷11 (order no. IRFM15.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø31.42x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 281.

287

IR HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS OF SPECIAL DESIGN

288

09/2016

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

AND ACCESSORIES

12/2016

289

CE10 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

10 08 12 10

12 13

06 11 B

13 14 02

B CAPTION

01 Oil tank of 10 l nominal capacity, 6 l useful volume

02 Filler plug/venting yv1

03 Oil level indicator (optical)

yv2

04 Tank drain screw 05 25 μ return filter with bypass 11

06 Contamination indicator 07 Gear pump 2,2 cm3/rev.

08 Electric motor of 1.5 kW/3 phases, 4-pole/240-400 V 09 60 μ inlet filter 10 Pressure gauge 0/250 bar with shut-off valve

11 Adjustable pressure relief valve

MAX

12 4/3 directional control valve CETOP 3 – 24 VDC

MIN 09 04

290

13 Hydraulically piloted double check valve CETOP 3 14 Pressure gauge shut-off valve SPECIAL DESIGNS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

12/2016

CE10 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

sense of rotation MUST NOT be changed, even for a short time as this would cause damage to the pump. Bleed the hydraulic installation and add oil, if necessary, after the first few operating cycles. Venting can be performed using the bleed screws provided at the top of the unit or by loosening the connections at the cylinders/motors. Please observe that due to the compressibility of air, any air enclosed in the circuit may cause vibrations, noise, malfunctions and premature component wear.

The hydraulic power unit is designed for the operation of double and single-acting cylinders. • Threephase motor, 1.5 kW, 4-pole, 240/400 V • Flow rate 3 l/min. • Max. operating pressure: 250 bar • 10 l nominal oil tank capacity – 6 l useful volume To ensure an efficient use of hydraulic power units over a long period of time, the following instructions must be observed. Correct set-up and mounting of the hydraulic unit are fundamental prerequisites for a long service life. Any penetration of dust, dirt and chips during mounting must be excluded. Make sure that all pipes, connections, bores and supports are in clean condition and perform mounting operations only in clean environments. When delivered, the ports of the hydraulic power unit are closed with caps. Only remove these caps immediately before starting to mount the unit and close the ports after having completed the mounting operations. When connecting additional components, please observe the hydraulic circuit diagram.

MAINTENANCE Check the electrical connections and the oil level prior to each start-up. During operation, the pressure and the contamination display must be continuously observed. If the pressure gauge indicates a clogged filter, replace the filter element immediately. To ensure proper operation of the power unit, the oil in the hydraulic circuit must be regularly replaced once per year or after 1000 operating hours at the latest.

CE10 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

HYDRAULIC OIL

The hydraulic unit comprises the following electrical equipment: IP 65 CONTROL BOX with: - On/Off switch (protective motor switch) - Undervoltage release (motor protection) IP65 REMOTE CONTROL unit: - “Clamping” button - “Unclamping“ button - Emergency stop switch - Cable length = 1500 mm MAINS PLUG 16 A – 400 V, three phases, neutral conductors and earth including 3000 mm cable.

Only hydraulic fluids based on mineral oil must be used (ISO 6743/4 or DIN 51524). An oil viscosity class of ISO VG 32 to ISO 3448/ISO in an oil temperature range of 10° C to 60° C is recommended. The use of other media can cause damage to the equipment and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components.

START-UP

PE 1

After having connected the electric motor, check the pump rotation sense (with very short pulses of max. 1-2 seconds) and view the motor from the fan side. The pump should turn CLOCKWISE. The

POWER SUPPLY 400 V, 50 Hz, 3-pole + N

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1

QF1 16A POWER SUPPLY

EMERGENCY SOLENOID VALVE STOP HYDRAULIC CLAMPING PUMP T1 230V 24V 63VA

QF2 4.5/6.3A

TRANSFORMER

PROTECTIVE MOTOR SWITCH

SB1

SB2

GD1 2A FU1 2A

M 3

SB3

EMERGENCY “CLAMPING” “UNCLAMPING” BUTTON BUTTON STOP BUTTON

RECTIFIER

KM1 2.2 CONTACTOR M1

SOLENOID VALVE UNCLAMPING

KM1

1.5 1.5 1.5

VD1

VD2

YV1

YV2

FUSE HOLDER

+ -

12/2016

291

CEPI XXX SE AIR-OIL BOOSTER, SINGLE-ACTING VERSION

CEPI 250 OIL PLUG

8.9 6.9 5.6

2.5

108.5

127

G1/4â&#x20AC;?

4.1 Air pressure - PA (bar)

209

G1/4â&#x20AC;?

2.8 1.5

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

OIL AIR

RELEASE

86.8

PUMP

155

0.5

0 50

80 130 200 250 300 70 100 150 220 270 350 Generated oil pressure - P(bar)

CEPI 500 319.5

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

AIR

8.9 6.9 5.6

1.5

4.1 2.8

0.5

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

Air pressure - PA (bar)

364.2

OIL 0 50

CEPI air-oil booster units for single-acting cylinders are manually operated by means of a pedal switch with three positions: upon actuation of the PUMP pedal, the unit is automatically started and supplies the connected circuit with oil until the desired operating pressure is reached. The supply air pressure must be controlled by means of a separate air service unit. Oiled air is not required. When the pedal is in neutral position, a check valve integrated into the unit serves for maintaining the hydraulic pressure. When pressing the pedal RELEASE side, the oil returns into the tank. The CEPI air-oil booster unit can also be used for double-acting cylinders provided a directional control valve is installed. Steel-plate tanks with a volume of 5 litres are available upon request.

292

120 200 250 350 450 100 150 210 300 400 350 Generated oil pressure - P(bar)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Available versions Max. conveying capacity (l/min.) Max. oil pressure (bar)

CEPI 250 SE

CEPI 500 SE

2.2

1.4

250

500

Min. air pressure (bar) (RECOMMENDED)

2.8

Max. air pressure (bar)

Oil tank volume (l)

2.4

Effective oil volume (l)

2.1

Empty weight (kg)

6.3

Sound level (dbA)

<75

12/2016

CEpI XXX DE AIR-OIL BOOSTER, DOUBLE-ACTING VERSION

107

CEPI 250 8.9 6.9 5.6

109

127

147

G1/4”

Air pressure - PA (bar)

G1/4”

233

OIL AIR

2.5

4.1

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

OIL PLUG

2.8 1.5

0.5

G1/4”

0 50

36 OIL

G1/4”

CEPI 500

OIL AIR

OIL

CEPI air-oil booster units for single and doubleacting cylinders are manually operated by means of a pedal switch with three positions arranged upstream from the 4/3-ways directional control valve: upon actuation of the PUMP pedal, the unit is automatically started and supplies the connected circuit with oil until the desired operating pressure is reached. To invert the operating direction of the cylinders, release the pressure by means of the 4/3-ways directional control valve and change the lever orientation. The supply air pressure must be controlled by means of a separate air service unit. Oiled air is not required. When the control lever is in neutral position, the hydraulic pressure is maintained. Steel-plate tanks with a volume of 5 litres are available upon request.

12/2016

Air pressure - PA (bar)

319.5

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

80 130 200 250 300 70 100 150 220 270 350 Generated oil pressure - P (bar)

8.9 6.9 5.6

1.5

4.1 2.8

0.5

0 50

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

PUMP

155

OIL AIR G1/4”

120 200 250 350 450 100 150 210 300 400 350 Generated oil pressure - P (bar)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Available versions Max. conveying capacity (l/min.) Max. oil pressure (bar)

CEPI 250 DE

CEPI 500 DE

2.2

1.4

250

500

Min. air pressure (bar) (RECOMMENDED)

2.8

Max. air pressure (bar)

Oil tank volume (l)

2.4

Effective oil volume (l)

2.1

Empty weight (kg)

6.3

Sound level (dbA)

<75

293

OIL-OIL HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIERS WITH FIXED INTENSIFICATION RATIO Oil/oil hydraulic intensifiers are designed to convert the low pressure of the primary circuit into a higher pressure in the secondary circuit downstream from the intensifier on the basis of the intensification ratio. As soon as the hydraulic intensifier is no longer pressurized, the downstream pressure is reduced to zero, the intensifier returns into the initial position and is ready for the next working cycle. When equipped with the appropriate accessories (flow-control valves or sequence valves) hydraulic intensifiers with fixed intensification ratio are suitable for operation in highly complex hydraulic circuits with substantially higher oil volume. These hydraulic intensifiers DO NOT REQUIRE ANY LEAKAGE LINE or devices to avoid unintentional opening of the circuit. They can also be installed on fixtures that are separated from the supply during the machining cycle and remain pressurized during this phase, which implies that they do not feature the typical restrictions of continuous (pumping) intensifiers. Hydraulic elements that only operate under highpressure must not be used in the high-pressure range. The intensification volume of hydraulic intensifiers must only be used to generate high pressure for the

294

secondary circuit and not for high-pressure supply of a circuit or partial circuit with hydraulic accumulators. With a pressure value downstream from the hydraulic intensifier that is doubled or even tripled -depending on the intensification ratio â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the oil compressibility and the inevitable elastic deformation (deflection) of clamp arm and levers caused by the increased load must be considered as they partially absorb the oil volume. Correct installation and setting are fundamental prerequisites for reliable long-term operation of hydraulic intensifiers. After all components have been installed, the hydraulic circuit must be efficiently vented in order to remove any air trapped in the system. Air inclusions in the hydraulic circuit would affect the proper function of the components as well as the oil volume generated by the hydraulic intensifier. The reliable operation of oil/oil intensifiers in the long run also requires efficient oil filtering. We recommend using filters with a mesh size of 20 micron or better. High-quality filters of modular design, as in-line or built-in version for the most varied applications are presented in the following section.

12/2016

MLP400 HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Outlet port

: Inlet port

’

’ /4

G1/ 4’’

A Ø38

Ø60

107

tin

n Ve

SINGLE-ACTING CIRCUIT

The MLP hydraulic intensifier converts the low working pressure of the hydraulic power unit into the higher pressure to satisfy the application requirements. The compact hydraulic intensifier is easy to mount and available with two different multiplication ratios and a maximum outlet pressure of 500 bar. Single-acting operation with spring return. Equipped with an appropriate directional control valve, the MLP intensifier is suitable for single or double-acting hydraulic cylinders.

DOUBLE-ACTING CIRCUIT

Note: The MLP intensifier supplies a constant nominal flow capacity. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for complex hydraulic circuits or applications with high cylinder capacity.

P T

MLP 400-3

Multiplication ratio

1:2.1

1:3

500

Effective oil volume (cm3)

8.4

400

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

238

166

-3

MLP 400-2

-2

2 l/min

200

Max. operating pressure (bar)

500

100

Temperature range (°C)

LP 4

Max. flow rate

300

Max. outlet pressure (bar)

TYPE OF PRESSURE INTENSIFIER

4 LP

Filter mesh 50

100

150

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

12/2016

200

250

Weight (Kg)

10÷60 25 micron (o or better) 2.3

295

MLP450 HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Outlet port

: Inlet port

G1/8”

MLP450M MLP450L

14.7

27.3

A 74

G1/4”

G1/4” 1.6 Ø5

166 100

22.7

9.3

Ø5

400 45

-2

300

4 LP

200

100

Max. outlet pressure (bar)

500

100

150

200

132

250

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

TYPE OF PRESSURE INTENSIFIER

The MLP hydraulic intensifier converts the low working pressure of the hydraulic power unit into the higher pressure to satisfy the application requirements. The compact hydraulic intensifier is easy to mount and available with two different multiplication ratios and a maximum outlet pressure of 500 bar. Singleacting operation with spring return. Equipped with an appropriate directional control valve, the MLP intensifier is suitable for single or double-acting hydraulic cylinders. Note: The MLP intensifier supplies a constant nominal flow capacity. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for complex hydraulic circuits or applications with high cylinder capacity.

296

MLP 450-2

MLP 450-3

Multiplication ratio

1:2.1

1:3.3

Effective oil volume (cm3)

25.4

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

238

151.5

Max. flow rate

2 lt/min

Max. operating pressure (bar)

500

Temperature range (°C) Filter mesh

10÷60 25 micron (o or better)

12/2016

URM450-FL HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER WITH URM-FL FILLING SYSTEM MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Outlet port - high pressure (secondary circuit)

: Inlet port - low pressure (primary circuit)

: Control (opening) of the pilot-operated check valve

X S

: G1/4” port for pressure controller or manometer for pressure monitoring

“X” control to open the check valve 58

A P 46.4

“S” - Sequence valve VSQM 30-05

Ø8

M 51.6 Hydraulic intensif ier MLP 450

G1/8” Venting

24.5

118

121

PILOTAGGIO ATTACCO G1/4” BSPP

“A“ Outlet port G1/4” BSPP

“S”

188 198

When the “P” port is pressurized with low pressure, the high pressure is available at “A” outlet port by the pilot check valve “X”. When the oil circuit has been filled, the pressure automatically increases: as soon as the pressure set at the sequence valve “S” is exceeded, the hydraulic intensifier works and increases the hydraulic pressure at “A” port. The sequence valve “S” have to

12/2016

59 78

“P“ O-Ring inlet port max. bore Ø 8

Z 16

“A” O-Ring outlet port max. bore Ø 8

“P“ Inlet port G1/4” BSPP

be setted with pressure valve between 80-90% of the low inlet pressure. The URM450-FL2 and URM450-FL3 hydraulic intensifiers are equipped with an integrated pilot check valve that ensures a fast flow unloading of the high pressure and minimizes any counterpressure caused by inside check valves in line.

297

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV series multiple-passage rotary joints are designed to supply rotating or swinging fixtures (work-holders) with pressurized oil. These rotary joints can be coupled when pressurized and must be installed in the centre of rotation. A low torque is required for starting the rotating movement. GV multi-passage rotary joints do not require leakage lines as no internal oil leakage occurs.

To ensure a long service life of the internal seals, make sure to connect the rotary joint to all hydraulic supply ports. The operating temperature should not exceed 60Â°C. In addition, we recommend using oil filters with a 10 micron filter mesh. GV rotary joints are made of heat-treated and ground high-quality steel. They are only suited for operation with hydraulic fluids, cooling lubricants must not be used.

ROTARY JOINT APPLICATION (EXAMPLE)

GV series

Axis Fixed table

298

of rotation

Turntable

12/2016

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV2 TWO-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

= =

B G1/4”

B Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P 50 Max. admissible speed (rpm)

Ø68 25 = =

10 n(

n-1

)

M (Nm

Starting torque M (Nm)

Ø65 -0.3

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

19 = =

50 = =

GV2 two-passage rotary joint Fixing

Flanged, 2 bores M8 10

Ports

1/4” BSPP

Angular speed M8

12/2016

Weight (kg)

Max. 50 rpm 2.3

299

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV4 FOUR-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT 25.4 M8

25.4

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

25.4

45°

25.4

Ø72

Ø85 0

Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P

G1/4”

50 Max. admissible speed (rpm)

116

12.5 10

7.5

2.5

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

GV4 four-passage rotary joint

25.4

= =

25.4

45°

300

25.4

2 Ø7

25.4

Starting torque M (Nm)

Ø60 -0.3

Fixing

Flanged, 4 bores, M8 10

Ports

1/4" BSPP

Angular speed Weight (kg)

Max. 50 rpm 4.6

12/2016

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV6 SIX-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT M8

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

60°

Ø72

Ø100 0

Ø75 -0.3

G1/4”

Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P

149

111

50 Max. admissible speed (rpm)

138

Ø85

20 15

Starting torque M (Nm)

166

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

GV6 six-passage rotary joint

60°

Fixing

Flanged, 6 bores, M8 10

Ports

1/4" BSPP

Angular speed

Max. 40 rpm

Weight (kg) M8

12/2016

6.7

301

Sequence valves APPLICATION EXAMPLE

1 D

Sequence valves are used in hydraulic systems that require a pressure-specific priority or sequence of motions. A one-directional check valve is provided for the free return flow when operation is inverted. These extremely compact valves can be mounted either with the supplied O-Rings or in-line using the G1/4” BSPP ports directly on the clamping equipment. Material: • Valve/cartridge body: Free machining steel, blued. • Internal parts: High-grade steel, tempered and ground. • Valve body surface: Zinc-plated

XX bar

P A

Application example: 1) Cylinder no. 1 pushes the workpiece against the “D” stop. 2) The pressure increases up to XX bar and opens the sequence valve. 3) Cylinders no. 2 and no. 3 push the workpiece against the “B” and “C” stops. 4) The pressure uniformly rises in all cylinders as the sequence valve is completely open.

ADJUSTMENT OF THE VALVE OPENING PRESSURE

Complete valve in operating condition

“A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw af19

2 “B” Valve cap Af17 “A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw

3 “C” Safety limit pin Ø 3.5x29.8 “D” Valve adjusting screw M12 (AF6)

1) Complete valve in operating condition. 2) Fix the counter nut “A” using a wrench (AF 19) and completely loosen the valve cap “B” by means of a wrench (AF 17). 3) Remove the safety limit pin “C” from the valve and loosen the counter nut “A” (AF 19) by some revolutions. 4) The opening pressure can now be adjusted with a hexagon socket wrench (AF 6) by turning the valve adjusting screw “D” clockwise (to increase the pressure) or counter-clockwise (to reduce the pressure). 5) Once the pressure has been set, lock the counter nut “A”, insert the safety limit pin “C” into the valve and tighten the valve cap “B” using a wrench (AF 17). Upon completion of these steps the valve is ready for use.

AVAILABLE VERSIONS “A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw “B” Valve cap AF17

5 “C” Safety limit pin Ø3.5x29.8

302

Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

5-50

30-100

50-220

80-350

12/2016

vsqm30 SEQUENCE VALVE WITH DOUBLE CONNECTION FEATURE: FLANGED OR IN-LINE BY G1/4” PORTS

: Inlet

G1/4”

P 14

/4 ”

G1/4”

26.4

G1/ 4”

12.4

Ø5

133

Ø5

: Outlet

Ø6.5

37 30

50 60

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø10.82X1.78 • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade Available upon request: Upon request, various sequence valves can be assembled to modular systems provided with a common “P” port. Order number: VSQM30-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 5÷50 bar, the order no. is VSQM30-05.

VSQM30 SEQUENCE VALVE Type

Directly compensated O-Ring Ø10.82x1.78 or G1/4“

Connection Maximum pressure

350 bar

Weight

0.8 Kg

vsqm30R SEQUENCE VALVE WITH FLANGE CONNECTION

Connection Maximum pressure Weight

12/2016

Flanged with O-Ring Ø6.75x1.78 350 bar 0.75 Kg

14.5 20.5

Ø5.5

Directly compensated

4.5

VSQM30R SEQUENCE VALVE Type

Ø5

P 34

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75X1.78 Order number: VSQM30R-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 5÷50 bar, the order no. is VSQM30R-05.

130.5

: Inlet

: Outlet

11 30

30 38 45

303

VRPC3-11 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500bar - Valve adjustment range = 30÷380 bar Z: Y: S1: S2: R1: BR:

Counter nut/valve block (SW 30) Key seat/valve body (SW 24) Sealing edge Sealing ring/counter nut Valve adjusting screw (SW 17) Counter nut/control (SW 17)

SEALING BORE

Installation dimensions 30 MAX

+0.1 0

Ø30

0.03

37 MIN

+0.5 0

118°

A Ø2 MIN Ø11 MAX

118

148 MAX

0.5

M24X1.5

Ø22

ax Ø . c 24 +0 ou 0 .2 nt er si nk )

Ø30

Ø16

DIAGRAM

S2 35

Possible PA pressure drop prior to pressure control

S1 Valve-controlled outlet pressure PA (bar) Possible outlet pressure drop ∆PA (bar)

General instructions This valve is used to provide a reduced constant outlet pressure at the “A” port as compared to the higher inlet pressure at the “P” port. If pressure increases are likely to occur at the “A“ port, a pressure relief valve must be installed at this port. Mounting instructions: Before tightening the valve, unscrew the counter nut (AF=30 Z) completely. Tighten the valve body (AF=24 Y) with a torque of 70 Nm. Then tighten the counter nut (AF=30 Z) with a torque of 60 Nm. Proceed in reverse order for demounting.

100

200

300

400

-10

-20

-30

ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE The pressure reducing valves of cartridge type VRP are designed as two way valves without drainage. As soon as the set pressure is reached, the appropriate cone moves in closing position and with increasing pressure, stable closing is ensured as long as the pressure upstream from the valve is not released. To adjust the set pressure, proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the BR counter nut in order to ensure free access to the R1 adjusting screw.

2) Pressurize the valve and check the set pressure downstream from the valve. 3) Release the pressure. 4) Turn the R1 adjusting screw clockwise or anticlockwise, i.e. turn it clockwise to reduce the set pressure and vice versa. 5) Pressurize the valve and check again the set pressure. Repeat the above steps until the desired pressure value is reached and tighten the BR counter nut.

NOTE HYDROBLOCK checks all products to 100% before shipment. If requested during order placement, HYDROBLOCK will deliver the valve with the pressure being set to the specified value.

304

12/2016

VRP3-11 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

: Reduced pressure outlet port

: High pressure inlet port

: Pressure gauge port

M VRP3-11 L

- G1/4”

Ø9

(31)

4.75 17.45

4.5

7.25

(32.5) 12

24.75

39.75

Ø5.5

197.5 MAX

30 MAX 117.5

202 MAX

117.5

30 MAX

VRP3-11 M

- G1/4”

26.25

- G1/4”

Ø8.5

45.25

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x65 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø6.75X1.78 • G1/4“ plug

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • G1/4“ plugs

VRPC3-11 M PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Mounting Ports Maximum pressure Weight

12/2016

In-line/flanged Flanged with O-ring OR106 Ø6.75x1.78 or in-line with BSPP 1/4“ ports 350 bar 1.6 Kg

VRPC3-11 L PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Mounting Ports Maximum pressure Weight

In-line In-line with BSPP 1/4“ ports 350 bar 1.1 Kg

305

CP30F PRESSURE MONITORING CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

3 STROKE

Ø6

The CP30F pressure monitoring cylinder has been developed to check the clamping pressure in a remote fixture. As soon as the clamping pressure is reached, the external bolt is extended by 3 mm from the cylinder head and remains in this position as long as the operating pressure required for the fixture is maintained. If the clamping pressure decreases, the rod is retracted again into its initial position. Thanks to the easy adjustment of the operating pressure by an adjusting screw at the cylinder and the availability of different pressure ranges, the CG30P stands out for unparalleled versatility.

1.5

M30x1.5

35.5

99.5

Ø28 -0.1

Ø18 MAX 3.2

+0.2

Ø28 +0.1

4 MAX

20 MIN

M30x1.5

Application: When the fixture is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, the use of a hydraulic accumulator is not always sufficient to keep the operating pressure at a level that ensures safe and reliable machining. Substantial oil leakage may reduce the clamping pressure exerted on the workpiece and cause serious damage to the equipment. By using the CP30F pressure monitoring cylinder, the operating pressure can be checked immediately before the machining process. If the required pressure level is not reached, the machining process is not enabled and the machine changes into emergency status. Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22XØ28X1.5 Order number: CP30F-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 3-100 bar, the order no. is CP30F-10. AVAILABLE VERSIONS

Setting the operating pressure: 1) Loosen the counter nut (AF19 Z). 2) Turn the adjusting screw (AF 17 Y) clockwise to increase or anticlockwise to reduce the pressure. 3) As soon as the desired pressure level is reached, tighten the counter nut (AF19 Z) firmly.

306

Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

30-100

50-220

80-350

12/2016

CP30M PRESSURE MONITORING CYLINDER

3 STROKE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

Ø6

22.5 Y

30.5

Ø35

PIN Ø6

Reference

116.5

(G1/4’)

G1/4’ IN LINE PORT 40 28 +0.01

SEAT FOR THE SEAL TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER

35 - 0.01

Ø6

+0.05 +0.02

Ø6.6 M6

22.5

12/2016

Application: When the fixture is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, the use of a hydraulic accumulator is not always sufficient to keep the operating pressure at a level that ensures safe and reliable machining. Substantial oil leakage may reduce the clamping pressure exerted on the workpiece and cause serious damage to the equipment. By using the CP30M pressure monitoring cylinder, the operating pressure can be checked immediately before the machining process. If the required pressure level is not reached, the machining process is not enabled and the machine changes into emergency status. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade AVAILABLE VERSIONS Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

30-100

50-220

80-350

307

vcs CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Installation dimensions

Ø18 Ø6 M3

: Air inlet

: Air outlet

+0.1

M12x1.25

7 MIN

1.1 0

+0.1

Ø2

8.75

M12x1.25

27±0.1

26 MAX

17 MIN

Ø16 0

VCS03

13 -0.1

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

4 MAX. STROKE

VCS02

10 MAX

VCS02 VCS04

+0.15

Ø2

Ø10.5+0.1

Ø2

VCS03

Ø7.5 0.01

Ø18

38.5

12.5 16

1.5 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

6.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

7 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

Ø6

Detail drawing installation

M12x1.25

VCS04 Ø18

38.5

10 16

7 MAX. STROKE

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

12.5

Ø6

M12x1.25

The simple and compact VCS cartridge valve is especially designed to be incorporated into HYDROBLOCK cylinders. Combined with SR swing clamp cylinders it checks the position of the clamp arm. In addition, it is used for workpiece position control in automated production processes.

Included in the scope of supply: A • O-ring Ø 13x1.5, item “A” • Washer, item “B” B • Spacer/spring guide, item “C” • Spring, item “D” C Material: • Rod: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped • Valve body: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped Order numbers - VCS • 02: Valve for clamp arm position control with thread M3. • 03: Valve for workpiece position control with workpiece not loaded/loaded alarm. • 04: Valve for position control for clamp arms made of tempered steel. Note: • Installation and adjustment, see page 20 to 23. • To prevent damage to the equipment, the specified maximum valve stroke must not be exceeded. • We recommend using the CPV01 valve protection cartridge.

308

12/2016

VCS CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Installation dimensions : Air inlet

: Air outlet Ø12

Ø6

+0.1

10.4 0

Ø7.5 0

M10x1

15.9 3 max.

6.9

+0.2 +0.1

17.1

0.8±0.05

26.5

14.5

M10x1

3.5 MAX. STROKE

A 13

1.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE

VCS10

B Ø2 +0.1

Ø4 0 0.01

13 Ø6

26.5

Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø 9x1, item “A” • O-ring Ø 7x1, item “B” • Spring, item “C”

C A

3.4 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

3.9 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

M10x1

12/2016

14.5

Detail drawing installation

1.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

VCS13

B Material: • Rod: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped. • Valve body: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped. Note: To prevent damage to the equipment, the specified maximum valve stroke must not be exceeded. We recommend using the CPV01 valve protection cartridge.

309

CPV01 VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE

A: CPV housing B: CPV bolt C: Fastening ring/hexagon socket screw, depending on cylinder type

Upon request, the valve protection cartridge is available for the entire swing clamp cylinder series. With the CPV01 valve protection cartridge the final user can perform clamping operations without any workpiece being mounted in the fixture for a functional check or for cleaning purposes. In this case, there is no risk of damage to the VCS clamp arm position control valve caused by excess stroke.

C M12x1

Installing the valve protection cartridge: The valve protection cartridge is factorymounted to HYDROBLOCK cylinders when ordered as an option. However, retrofitting can also easily be carried out by the end user on the basis of corresponding mounting instructions. A simple M12x1 threaded seat is required on the clamp arm plate for mounting the valve protection cartridge for clamp position control valves.

Ă&#x2DC;6 B

ADJUSTMENT OF THE VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE: To adjust the valve protection cartridge for clamp arm position control valves, proceed as described in the instructions 1 to 4 for the adjustment of the clamp arm position control valve. Use the 5 mm hexagon socket provided at the threaded cartridge end for this purpose. Upon completion of the adjustment, the pressure switch will indicate that the compressed air circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. The bolt of the valve protection can compensate an excess stroke of up to 10 mm and re-establish the starting conditions as soon as the cylinder has reached the unclamping position. Make sure that no stroke over 10 mm is performed during clamping operations without workpiece. We recommend mounting the swing clamp cylinders such as to ensure that the clamp arm in clamping position is close to the lower limit stop of the piston. In this case, the workpiece is properly and reliably clamped and perfect operation of the valve protection cartridge is guaranteed.

310

12/2016

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVES FOR SR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

: Controlled flow

: Free flow

A 9÷15

Installation dimensions

8 2.5

G1/8”

1.5

G1/8”

Ø16

23±0.1

118°

14±0.1

Ø3

13.5

118°

0.02

1.6

Ø3 Ø5.5H7

8 2.5 R

VRF18

Using the unidirectional VRF18 flow control valve, the end user can set the swing speed of the clamp arm directly at the fixture and define the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined. This valve can exclusively be used for cylinders with flange connection and must be connected to the “A” clamping port. When the swing clamp cylinder is in unclamped state, the flow is free. Note: To avoid damage to the internal seals, flow control valves MUST ONLY be adjusted when unpressurized. (see page 21)

12/2016

311

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVES FOR SR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

: Controlled flow

: Free flow

14÷22 13

Installation dimensions

G1/4”

4 Ø22

118°

1.5 24±0.1

Ø4

33.5±0.1

G1/4”

1.6

118°

Ø8H7

0.02 A

Ø4

13 4 R

VRF14

Using the unidirectional VRF14 flow control valve, the end user can set the swing speed of the clamp arm directly at the fixture and define the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined. This valve can exclusively be used for cylinders with flange connection and must be connected to the “A” clamping port. When the swing clamp cylinder is in unclamped state, the flow is free. Note: To avoid damage to the seals, flow control valves MUST ONLY be adjusted when unpressurized. (see page 21 )

312

12/2016

FILTER ELEMENTS

FIL14-10M

modular filter

25.5

Ø9

Ø5.5 M5 Ø6 MAX 38

The FIL14-10M is a modular filter of particularly compact design. The complex filtering system with two flow directions is made of special steel; the nominal mesh size is 10 micron. The filter insert can be easily checked and replaced. The zinc-plated metal body is particularly suitable for installation in state-of-the-art machine tools and offers optimum protection for hydraulic clamping systems, valves and pressure intensifiers. These filters are also indispensable for systems equipped with manual or automatic quick-action couplings, where a contamination of the hydraulic circuit by chips and metal particles can hardly be avoided during coupling and uncoupling.

Ø25 71

Filter change inspection plug

Technical specifications: • Max. operating pressure: 350bar • Temperature range: 5-60°C • Medium: Hydraulic fluid on mineral oil basis 32Cst

Filtration degree: 10µm!

12/2016

Pressure loss (bar)

DIAGRAM

-10

10 5 0,0 0,0

2.5

7.5

12.5

Flow rate (l/min)

313

FILTER ELEMENTS FIL14-10

IN-LINE FILTER

G1/4”

DIAGRAM ” 1/4

40.5

30 25

Pressure loss (bar)

Ø28

The FIL14-10 filter was especially developed for the requirements in machine tool manufacturing. Space-saving: With a length of 40.5 mm and a diameter of 28 mm, this filter offers optimum protection while requiring a minimum of space. Reliable: Perfect protection of all hydraulic

10 5

Technical specifications: • Max. operating pressure: 350bar • Temperature range: 5-60°C • Medium: Hydraulic fluid on mineral oil basis 32Cst

Filtration degree: 10μm!

-10

0,0 0,0

2.5

7.5

12.5

Flow rate (l/min) components, in particular sensitive coupling units, valves, cylinders, pressure intensifiers, etc. Safe: Even when clogged, the filter will not collapse. Universal: Filter with two flow directions, upon request it is also available with 25 μm. The filter cartridges can also separately be used, e.g. be integrated into bored channels. Low-maintenance: All internal components are corrosion resistant and easy to clean or replace.

FIC14-10 MOUNTING OF THE BUILT-IN FILTER Installation dimensions of the filter unit

Installed filter unit

+0.05 0 +0.05

4.2

Sealing ring

C Filter element

Ø14.3 0

1.8

Ø11.5

Ø18.1

+0.05

3.6 0

+0.1 0

Supporting disk Ø11.5

Ø14.3

+0.05 0

2) A 1)

+0.1

9.6 +0.05

NOTE Before installing the individual components in the cavity, make sure that the seats are perfectly clean. 1) Insert the supporting disk “A” into the Ø 14.3 seat and centre it. Make sure to install the disk in the direction indicated in the figure. 2) Fit the Teflon washer “B” in the Ø 18.1 seat.

314

3) Install the filter element “C” and centre it in the Teflon washer. 4) Fit the second supporting disk “A” such as to ensure that the side with the thermo-sealed mesh is in contact with the filter element “C” (see figure). Upon request, the filter unit is also available with a filtration degree of 25 micron.

12/2016

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS vrd11 THROTTLE CHECK VALVES - HAWE B

: Outlet

G1/4”

: Inlet

G1/4”

B 52

Technical description: These valves are designed to control the oil supply flow rate from A to B to the application-specific requirements, while the oil return flow from B to A is free.

Technical specifications: • Max. flow rate: 12 l/min • Max. pressure: 500 bar

VRH1 HYDRAULICALLY PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVE A

: Cylinder outlet

: Pressure inlet

: Unblocking control

Z 84 31.5

G1/4” G1/4”

Technical description: The precise design of seats and slide ensure leakagefree operation. This valve ensures free flow in only one direction (from “B” to “A”) and blocks the flow in opposite direction unless pressure is supplied to the “Z” pilot port. When the pilot line is not pressurized, these valves operate like normal one-way check valves blocking the return flow from “A” to “B”.

12/2016

A G1/4”

G1/4”

Application: The VRH1 valves are usually used to block a cylinder or a part of the hydraulic circuit. Technical specifications: • Flow rate: up to 15 l/min. • Max. pressure: 500 bar • Medium: Hydraulic fluid on mineral oil basis • Viscosity range: 22 to 100 cSt. • Temperature range: -20 to +80° C • Filter mesh: 25 micron or better are recommended • Pilot ratio: 1: 2.7

315

UAP100 COUPLING UNIT, MANUAL OPERATION

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

126

60 9

110

118

130

58 188

Standard configuration of the UAP100 coupling unit: • Pressure relief valve to protect the system against excess pressure • Ball stop valve with manual lever operation • Accumulator with a nominal volume of 0.040 litres and preloaded at 110 bar. • Glycerine bath pressure gauge 0/250 bar. • 1/4’’ BSPP ports

316

Manually operated pressure coupling unit for singleand double acting cylinders. This unit is used when the clamping equipment is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, i.e. for manufacturing systems with pallet change or when a single pressure generator is used for several clamping devices. Material: • Valve/cartridge body: Free machining steel, blued • Internal parts: High-grade steel, tempered and ground • Surface protection: Valve body: Blued Cartridge body: Zinc-plated Note: • Accumulators with larger volume are available upon request. • Pressure gauges with different scale available upon request.

12/2016

ACC DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATORS - HAWE

acc13-1/4

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

Ø40

74.5

62.5

P R

Hydraulic accumulators are used in static clamping systems to compensate internal leakage or to minimize pressure variations caused by temperature changes.

ATTENTION: Hydraulic systems equipped with diaphragm accumulators must be provided with a pressure relief valve and a pressure gauge. In addition, a shut-off valve is to be provided for emptying the accumulator for maintenance or repair purposes. Before operating the accumulator, the minimum hydraulic pressure must exceed the gas pressure by at least 10%. Make sure not to exceed the specified maximum pressure values.

G1/4”

acc40-1/4 Ø60

Note: Hydraulic accumulators cannot be used to compensate substantial external oil leakage. The cause of such leakage must be identified and eliminated.

G1/4”

94.5

82.5

DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATORS Type

ACC13-1/4

ACC40-1/4

Ports

Plug connection G1/4”

Volume (cm3)

Maximum oil pressure (bar)

500

400

Maximum gas pressure (bar)

250

Operating range (bar)

125-500

125-400

Operating temperature (°C)

-10/+80

-10°/+80

0.3

0.7

Weight (Kg)

12/2016

317

coiM4 / COIF4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS – QUICK-ACTION COUPLINGS AT THE FRONT

coim4

Installation dimensions +0.1

Ø8

M20x1.5

Ø21 h7

60°

Ø21

Ø11.6

M20x1.5

Ø4

7.9

3 1.6

27.4 0

27.4

coif4

Installation dimensions 27.4

Ø21

M20x1.5

60°

Ø21 H7

Ø8

M20x1.5

Ø4

1.6

+0.1 0

12 27.4

13 26

Graphic representation of the pressure drop with quick-action couplings:

Technical specifications: • Max. flow rate: 8 l/min. • Max. pressure when coupled: 250 bar • Medium: Hydraulic fluid on mineral oil basis • Viscosity range: 32 - 46 cSt • Temperature range: -20°C - +90° C • Filter mesh: 25 micron or better are recommended • Axial tolerance: ± 0.04 mm

Q - Flow rate (lt/min)

100 80 70 60 50 40 30 25 20 15 F4

10 8 6

OI -C

I CO

7 5 4 3 2.5 2

• Medium: Oil ISO VG32 • Temperature: 40°C • Viscosity: 28.8-35.2 mm2/sec.

1.5

318

2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 10

1.5

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1

0.2 0.25 0.3

0.15

1 0.1

Note: COIM4 and COIF4 series quick-action couplings CAN’T be coupled when pressurized!

Quick-action coupling COIM-COIF4 Max. flow rate: 8 l/min

∆P (bar)

12/2016

coiM7 / COIF7 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS – QUICK-ACTION COUPLINGS AT THE FRONT

coim7

Installation dimensions +0.1

17.5

34.2

Ø12

M24x1.5

Ø25 H7

60°

= =

Ø25

Ø16.1

M24x1.5

Ø7

10.8

3 1.6

34.2 0

19 33

coif7

Installation dimensions 34.2

Ø25

M24x1.5

= =

60°

Ø25 H7

Ø12

M24x1.5

Ø7

1.6

+0.1 0

17.5 34.2

19 33

Q - Flow rate (lt/min)

Graphic representation of the pressure drop with Technical specifications: quick-action couplings: • Nominal flow rate: 12 l/min 100 • Max. flow rate: 24 l/min. 80 70 • Max. admissible residual pressure during coupling: 250 bar 60 50 • Max. admissible residual pressure when coupled: 300 bar 40 7 IF • Max. admissible pressure at disconnected male coupling: 30 CO 7 25 300 bar IM 20 CO • Max. admissible pressure at disconnected female coupling: 15 120 bar static 10 • Medium: Hydraulic fluid on mineral oil basis Quick-action coupling 8 COIM-COIF7 • Viscosity range: 32 - 46 cSt 7 6 Max. flow rate: • Temperature range: -20°C - +90° C 5 12 l/min. – 24 l/min 4 • Filter mesh: 25 micron or better are recommended 3 • Medium: Oil ISO • Axial tolerance: ± 0.04 mm VG32 2.5 • Temperature: 40°C • Viscosity: 28.8-35.2 mm2/sec.

12/2016

1.5 1.5

2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 10

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1

0.2 0.25 0.3

0.1

1 0.15

Note: COIM7 and COIF7 series quick-action couplings CAN be coupled when under static pressure. No hydraulic flow must be generated during coupling

∆P (bar)

319

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MANR PRESSURE GAUGES Ø68

Technical description: Radial pressure gauges in glycerine bath. Stainless steel case.

90.2

ATTENTION: Make sure not to exceed the indicated pressure range in order to avoid irreparable damage to the pressure gauge. We recommend using a pressure gauge with a pressure range that exceeds the maximum hydraulic pressure in the circuit by 25%.

TYPE

G1/4”

VIL1/4M

Pressure display (bar)

MANR 100

0 ÷ 100

MANR 160

0 ÷ 160

MANR 250

0 ÷ 250

MANR 400

0 ÷ 400

MODULAR VALVES MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR

8.5

13.5

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

6.5

106

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

320

6.3

12/2016

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS VIL1/8 BALL VALVES – MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR

G1/8”

152

15 69

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

VIL1/4 BALL VALVES – MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR 79

G1/4”

139.5

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

12/2016

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

321

SPECIALS DESIGNS

322

12/2016

SPECIALS DESIGNS

12/2016

323

SPECIALS DESIGNS

324

12/2016

NOTES

12/2016

325

sales distributors

BRAZIL Femat Representações Ltda Rua Rodrigues Paes, 609 CEP 04717-020 São Paulo - Brazil Ph.: +55 (0)11 51824020 / 999166401 Fax: +55 (0)11 51811814 diretoria@femat.com.br www.femat.com.br GERMANY EHC Electronic-Hydraulic-Components e.K. Am Eselspfad 29 - 35321 Laubach - Germany Ph.: +49 (0)6405 2059822 - +49 176 70182053 Fax: +49 (0)6405 917304 info@ehcomponents.de www.ehcomponents.de INDIA Suave Engineering 202, Ornate aptts., Plot 29 & 30 Sector 28, Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400 703 - India Ph.: +91 (0)22 32987073 / 27882525 / +91 989 2802889 Fax: +91 (0)22 27882525 veerendra@suaveengg.com www.suaveengg.com ITALY B&C di Cornello F. Via Regione Grange, 64, 10040 Caselette (TO) - Italy Ph.: +39 (0)11 9789084 / 9689284 Fax: +39 (0)11 9689284 bec@bectorino.it www.bectorino.it KOREA High Klasse Technic 310-1 Ho, 6-Dong, 2211 Jeongwang-dong, Siheung-si, Gyeonggi-do - Korea Ph.: +82 (0)31 4301520 - +82 10 73889873 Fax: +82 (0)31 6246059 www.highklasse.co.kr SPAIN Maquinaria Internacional 2006 S.L. Pol. Ind. Iciar sector F Pabellón, 5 20829 Iciar Deba, Guipuzcoa - Spain Ph.: +34 (0)943 199039 Fax: +34 (0)943 199047 info@maquinariainternacional.com www.maquinariainternacional.com

www.hydroblock.net

Hydroblock s.r.l. Via Ing. Enzo Ferrari, 1 - Z.I. Mancasale Nord - 42124 Reggio Emilia - Italy Ph. +39 0522 957324 - Fax +39 0522 957116 - info@hydroblock.net

www.apvd.it

HYDROBLOCK is member of CAMSER, a group of selected Italian Manufacturers of high technology for industrial sector over the world. www.camser.com www.blogcamser.com